Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series manual

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944

Go to page of

A good user manual

The rules should oblige the seller to give the purchaser an operating instrucion of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series, along with an item. The lack of an instruction or false information given to customer shall constitute grounds to apply for a complaint because of nonconformity of goods with the contract. In accordance with the law, a customer can receive an instruction in non-paper form; lately graphic and electronic forms of the manuals, as well as instructional videos have been majorly used. A necessary precondition for this is the unmistakable, legible character of an instruction.

What is an instruction?

The term originates from the Latin word „instructio”, which means organizing. Therefore, in an instruction of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series one could find a process description. An instruction's purpose is to teach, to ease the start-up and an item's use or performance of certain activities. An instruction is a compilation of information about an item/a service, it is a clue.

Unfortunately, only a few customers devote their time to read an instruction of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series. A good user manual introduces us to a number of additional functionalities of the purchased item, and also helps us to avoid the formation of most of the defects.

What should a perfect user manual contain?

First and foremost, an user manual of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series should contain:
- informations concerning technical data of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series
- name of the manufacturer and a year of construction of the Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series item
- rules of operation, control and maintenance of the Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series item
- safety signs and mark certificates which confirm compatibility with appropriate standards

Why don't we read the manuals?

Usually it results from the lack of time and certainty about functionalities of purchased items. Unfortunately, networking and start-up of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series alone are not enough. An instruction contains a number of clues concerning respective functionalities, safety rules, maintenance methods (what means should be used), eventual defects of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series, and methods of problem resolution. Eventually, when one still can't find the answer to his problems, he will be directed to the Enterasys service. Lately animated manuals and instructional videos are quite popular among customers. These kinds of user manuals are effective; they assure that a customer will familiarize himself with the whole material, and won't skip complicated, technical information of Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series.

Why one should read the manuals?

It is mostly in the manuals where we will find the details concerning construction and possibility of the Enterasys Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series item, and its use of respective accessory, as well as information concerning all the functions and facilities.

After a successful purchase of an item one should find a moment and get to know with every part of an instruction. Currently the manuals are carefully prearranged and translated, so they could be fully understood by its users. The manuals will serve as an informational aid.

Table of contents for the manual

  • Page 1

    P/N 9033933-15 Enterasys Matrix ® DFE-Gold Configuration Guide Firmware V ersion 6.11.xx[...]

  • Page 2

    [...]

  • Page 3

    i Notice Enterasys Networks  reserves  the  right  to  make  changes  in  specifications  and  other  information  contained  in  this  document  and  its  web  si te  without  prior  notice.  The  reader  should  in  all  cases  co nsult  Enterasys Netw orks [...]

  • Page 4

    ii Enterasys Networks, Inc. Software Li cense Agreement This  document  is  an  agreement  (“ Agreement”)  betw een  Yo u ,  the  end  user ,  and  Enterasys  Networks,  Inc.  on  behalf  of  itself  and  its  Affiliates  (“Enterasys”)  that  sets  forth  your [...]

  • Page 5

    iii 5. PROTECTION  AND  SECURITY .I n  the  performance  of  this  Agreement  or  in  contemplation  thereof,  You  and  your  employees  and  agents  may  have  acce ss  to  private  or  confidential  information  owned  or  cont rolled  by  Enterasys  rel[...]

  • Page 6

    iv 9. UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT  RESTRICTED  RIGHTS .T h e  Licensed  Mate rials  (i)  were  de veloped  solely  at  private  expense;  (ii)  contains  “restricted  computer  software”  submitted  with  restri cted  rights  in  accordance  with  section  52 .227 ?[...]

  • Page 7

    v Contents About This Guide Using This Guide ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ....... ......................... ...xxxiii Structure of This Guide ....... ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ................ ...... ............. ..[...]

  • Page 8

    vi clear ip gratuitous-arp ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ................ ............. . ............... 2-33 show system ....... ................. ............. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ............ .............. ... 2-34 show system hardware ........[...]

  • Page 9

    vii set inlinepower psetra p ................. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ...... ............. 2-69 clear inlinepower psetrap ........................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ....... ............ 2-69 show port inlinepower ...... ........[...]

  • Page 10

    viii Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 2-101 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ..................... 2 -101 show route[...]

  • Page 11

    ix clear lldp port trap ......... ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ............. . .................. 3-35 clear lldp port med-trap ..................... ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ........... ........... ... 3-35 clear lldp port location-info [...]

  • Page 12

    x Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... ...... 4-27 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ....................... 4-27 show port ju[...]

  • Page 13

    xi show lacp ... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ..... .................... 4-58 set lacp ................... ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ... ................... ... 4-59 clear lacp state [...]

  • Page 14

    xii show snmp context ....... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ... ............. 5-23 set snmp view ............ ................ ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .. ................. 5-24 clear snmp view ............ .[...]

  • Page 15

    xiii show spantree vlanlist . ........ ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. ................ .......... ... 6-16 show spantree mstcfgid ....... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............ ............. ................ .. ........... 6-17 set spantree mstcfgid ............[...]

  • Page 16

    xiv clear spantree newroottrapenable .......... ............. ................ ............. ................ ................ ........... ..... 6-45 clear spantree default ...... ................. ............ ................. ............. ............ ................. ........... ........... ... 6-46 show spantree debug ................ ......[...]

  • Page 17

    xv show spantree nonforwardingreas on ........ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ..... .6 - 7 7 Chapter 7: 802.1Q VLAN Configuration VLAN Configuration Summary ........................... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ..... ................. .. 7-1 Port [...]

  • Page 18

    xvi Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... ........ 8-2 Commands ............... ............. ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ...... ....................... .. 8-2 show po[...]

  • Page 19

    xvii show route-map ............ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .... ............... 8-42 route-map ............... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ...... ................ ... 8-43 match ip address .......[...]

  • Page 20

    xviii set logging application ..... ............. ................ ............. ................. ............ ............. ............... ..... ......... 10-9 clear logging application ...... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ......... .......... . 10-11 show logging local .............[...]

  • Page 21

    xix set rmon matrix properties ...... ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ........ ......... 11-34 set rmon matrix status ............ ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ................ ... ........... 11-34 clear rmon matrix ............. ........[...]

  • Page 22

    xx Chapter 14: Node Alias Configuration Configuring Node Aliases ... ... ...... ................. ............ ............. ............. ................ ............. ...... .................... ... 14-1 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ......[...]

  • Page 23

    xxi Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table ........... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ ......... 16-12 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 16-12 Commands ............... .[...]

  • Page 24

    xxii Chapter 18: Network Address Tran slation (NAT) Configuration Configuring Network Address Transl ation (NAT) ...................... ............. ................ ............. ................ . ........ 18-1 NAT Configuration Task List and C ommands .............. ................ ................ ................. ............ ........... ..[...]

  • Page 25

    xxiii show ip slb conns ............ ............. ................ ............. ................. ............ ............. .............. ......... .... 19-29 show ip slb stats ........ ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ .. ............... 19-30 show ip slb sticky ....... .[...]

  • Page 26

    xxiv accept-lifetime ........ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ............ ................. ....... ............... . 21-10 send-lifetime ....... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .......... ................ . 21-11 ip rip authentication [...]

  • Page 27

    xxv Configuring IRDP ... ................ ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ....... ............... ........... 21-55 Purpose ........... ............. ............. ............. ............ ................. ............. ............ ............. .. ..................... .... 21-55 Comman[...]

  • Page 28

    xxvi cache ............... ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. .......... ................ ...... 23-5 faildetect type ......................... ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ............. ... ................... 23-5 faildetect .......[...]

  • Page 29

    xxvii show access-lists ....................... ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ... .............. 24-15 access-list (standard) ................ ................ ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ .. ............ 24-16 access-list (extended) .........[...]

  • Page 30

    xxviii set pwa enhancedmode ...................... ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. .............. ...... 25-20 set pwa guestname ...................... ............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. .... .......... 25-21 clear pwa guestname ................... ..[...]

  • Page 31

    xxix set authentication login .............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ .. ............ 2 5-51 clear authentication login ........... ................ ............. ................ ............. ................ ............. ... ........... 25-52 Configuring RADIUS .... ...........[...]

  • Page 32

    xxx clear multiauth mode .............. ............. ................ ............. ................ ................ ............. ...... ............. 27-3 show multiauth ..................... ............. ................ ............. ............. ............ ................. ........ .............. ... 27-3 show multiauth counters .......[...]

  • Page 33

    xxxi 4-3 show port advertise Output Details ............... ................. ............. ................ ............. ............ .... ......... 4-34 4-4 show port flow cont rol Output Details .................. ............. ............. ................ ............. .............. ..... ... 4-38 4-5 show linkflap parameters Outp ut Detail[...]

  • Page 34

    xxxii 19-1 LSNAT Configuration Task List and Commands . ................ ................ ................ ................ ............. 19- 5 19-2 show ip slb reals Output Details ....... ......... ... ................. ............. ............ ............. ................ . .......... 19-12 19-3 show ip slb vservers Output Details ..........[...]

  • Page 35

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide xxxiii About This Guide This  manual  explains  how  to  access  the  device’ s  Command  Line  Interface  (CLI)  and  how  to  use  it  to  configure  Enterasys  Matrix ®  DFE ‐ Gold  Series  switch/router  devices. ?[...]

  • Page 36

    Structure of This Guide xxxiv About This Guide Protocol,  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol,  and  the  IEEE  802.1AB  Link  Lay er  Discov ery  Protocol  (LLDP)  and  LLDP  Media  Endpoint  Discov ery  Protcol  (LLDP ‐ MED). Chapter 4 ,  Port  Configuration ,  describes  how [...]

  • Page 37

    Related Documents Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide xxxv Chapter 20 ,  DHCP  Configuration ,  describes  how  to  configure  and  display  statistics  for  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol. Chapter 21 ,  Routing  Protocol  Configuration ,  describe s  how  to  [...]

  • Page 38

    Conventions Used in This Guide xxxvi About This Guide Conventions Used in This Guide The  following  conventions  are  used  in  the  text  of  this  document: The  following  icons  are  used  in  this  guide: Convention Description Bold font Indicates mandatory keywords , parameters or keyboard k[...]

  • Page 39

    Getting Help Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Guide xxxvii Getting Help For  additional  support  re lated  to  the  product  or  this  document,  contact  Enterasys  Networks  using  one  of  the  following  methods: Before  contacting  Enterasys  Networks  for  tec[...]

  • Page 40

    Getting Help xxxviii About This Guide[...]

  • Page 41

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 1-1 1 Introduction This  chapter  provides  an  overview  of  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series’  unique  features  and  functionality ,  an  overview  of  th e  tasks  that  may  be  accomplished  using  the  CLI  inte[...]

  • Page 42

    Device Management Methods 1-2 Introduction • Configure  the  device  to  operate  as  a  Generic  Attribute  Registration  Protocol  (GARP)  de vice  to  dynamically  create  VLANs  across  a  switched  network. • Redirect  frames  according  to  a  port  or  VLAN [...]

  • Page 43

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-1 2 S tartup and General Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  factory  default  settings  and  the  Startup  and  General  Configuration  set  of  commands. S t artup and General Configuration Summary At  startup,  the  Matrix  Ser ies [...]

  • Page 44

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-2 Startup an d General Configuration T able 2-1 Default Device Settings f or Basic Switch Operation Device Feature Default Setting CDP discovery protocol Auto enabled on all ports. CDP authentication code Set to 00-00-00-00 -00-00-00-00 CDP hold time Set to 180 seconds. CDP interval T ransmit frequen cy o[...]

  • Page 45

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-3 MAC aging time Set to 300 seconds. MAC locking Disabled (globall y and on all ports). Management Authentication Notifi cation Enabled MTU discovery protocol Enabled. NetFlow collection Disabled NetFlow export version V ersion 5 NetFlow V ersion 9 tem[...]

  • Page 46

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-4 Startup an d General Configuration S panning Tree edge port delay Enabled. S panning Tree forward delay Set to 15 seconds. S panning Tree hello interval Set to 2 sec onds. S panning Tree ID (SID) Set to 0 . S panning Tree legacy path cost Disabled. S panning Tree maximum aging time Set to 20 seconds. S [...]

  • Page 47

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-5 VLAN ID All ports use a VLAN id entifier of 1 . WebV iew (HTTP) Enabled on TCP port 80. T able 2-2 Default Device Settings f or Router Mode Operation Device Feature Default Setting Access groups (IP security) None confi gured. Access lists (IP securi[...]

  • Page 48

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-6 Startup an d General Configuration CLI “Default s” Descriptions Each  command  description  in  this  guide  includes  a  section  entitled  “Defa ults”  which  contains  different  information  than  the  factory  default  settings  on[...]

  • Page 49

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-7 Using W ebV iew By  default  We b V i e w  (Enterasys  Networks’  embedded  web  server  for  devi ce  configuration  and  management  tasks)  is  enabled  on  TCP  port  number  80  of[...]

  • Page 50

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-8 Startup an d General Configuration 3. Leave  this  string  blank  and  press  ENTER.  The  device  information  and  Matrix  prompt  displays  as  shown  in  Figure 2 ‐ 1 . Logging in with Administra tively Configured Account If  the  device’ [...]

  • Page 51

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 2-9 (c) Copyright Enterasys Networks, In c. 2005 ModuleChassis Serial Number: 1234567 ModuleChassis Firmware Revision: 05. 11.00 Matrix DFE Gold(su)-> Getting Help with CLI Syntax The  Matrix  Ser ies  device  allows  you  to  di [...]

  • Page 52

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-10 Startup a nd General Configuration remote Show users with r emote SNMP engine ID volatile Show temporary en tries nonvolatile Show permanent en tries read-only Show r/o entries <cr> Matrix(rw)->show snmp user Entering  a  question  mark  ( ? )  without  a  space  after [...]

  • Page 53

    Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-11 Abbreviating and Completing Co mmands The  Matrix  Ser ies  device  allows  you  to  abbreviate  CLI  commands  and  key words  down  to  the  number  of  characters  that  will  allow  [...]

  • Page 54

    Startup and General Configuration Summary 2-12 Startup a nd General Configuration Ctrl+E Move cursor to end of line. Ctrl+F Move cursor forward one character . Ctrl+H Del ete character to left of cursor . Ctrl+I or T AB Complete word. Ctrl+K Delete all characters after cursor . Ctrl+L or Ctrl+R Re-display line. Ctrl+N Scroll to next command in comm[...]

  • Page 55

    show line-editor Startup and General Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-13 Commands show line-editor Use  this  command  to  show  current  and  default  line ‐ editor  mode  and  Delete  character  mode. Synt ax show line-editor Parameters None. Default s None. Mod[...]

  • Page 56

    Startup and General Configuration Summary set line-editor 2-14 Startup a nd General Configuration set line-editor Use  thi s  command  to  set  the  current  and  def ault  line  editing  mode  or  the  wa y  the  Delete  character  is  treated  by  the  line  editor .  Yo u ?[...]

  • Page 57

    show system login Setting Use r Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-15 Setting User Account s and Passwords Purpose To  change  the  device’ s  default  user  login  and  passw ord  settings,  and  to  add  new  user  accounts  and  passwords. Commands s[...]

  • Page 58

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system logi n 2-16 Startup a nd General Configuration admin super-user enabled no ***access always allowed*** bar read-only enabled yes 00:00 24:00 Sun Sat foo read-write enabled no 08:00 17:00 Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri ro read-only enabled no ***access always allowed*** rw read-write enabled no ***access always al[...]

  • Page 59

    clear system login Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-17 Default s allowed ‐ interv al:  00:00 ‐ 24:00  (all  hours  allowed) allowed ‐ days:  Sun,  Mo n,  Tu e ,  We d ,  Thu,  Fri,  Sat  (all  days  allow ed) local ‐ only:  no. Mode Switc[...]

  • Page 60

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set password 2-18 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s The  account  is  removed  if  no  optional  parameters  are  entered. Mode Switch  command,  Super  User . Example This  example  shows  how  to  remove  the  “netops”  user  account:[...]

  • Page 61

    show system password Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-19 The  admin  passw ord  can  be  reset  by  toggling  dip  switch  8  on  the  device  as  des cribed  in  your  Matrix  Series  Installation  Gu ide . Examples This  ex[...]

  • Page 62

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system password 2-20 Startup a nd General Configuration Numeric: 0 Special: 0 Password assignment required at acco unt creation : no Allow multiple accounts to share sam e password : yes Length of substrings in previous pas sword(s) not allowed in new password: 0 Allow the same character to appear c onsecutiv[...]

  • Page 63

    set system password Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-21 Default s aging  =  disable history  =  0  passw ords length  =  8  characters min ‐ requir ed ‐ chars  =  0  characters  for  all  cases require ‐ at ‐ creation  =  No .  P as[...]

  • Page 64

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords clear system password 2-22 Startup a nd General Configuration If  the  require ‐ at ‐ creation  option  is  enabled,  the  set  system  login  command  will  interactively  prompt  for  a  cleartext  password  upon  creation  of  a  new  use[...]

  • Page 65

    show system lockout Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-23 Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  options  are  rese t  to  default  va l u e s . Mode Switch  comman,  Super  User . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the [...]

  • Page 66

    Setting User Accounts and Passwords set system lockout 2-24 Startup a nd General Configuration Ta b l e 2 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output.  These  settin gs  are  configured  with  the  set  system  lockout  command  (“ set  system  lockout ”  on  pag e[...]

  • Page 67

    set system lockout Setting User Accounts and Passwords Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  login  attempts  to  5  and  lockout  time  to  30  minutes  and  the  inactivity  timer  to  60  days: Matrix(su)->set sys[...]

  • Page 68

    Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB show mgmt-auth-notify 2-26 Startup a nd General Configuration Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB Purpose This  MIB  provides  controls  for  enabling/disabling  the  sending  of  SNMP  notifications  when  a  user  login  authen[...]

  • Page 69

    set mgmt-auth-notify Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-27 ssh enabled telnet enabled web enabled set mgmt-auth-notify Use  this  command  to  either  enable  or  disable  the  Management  Authentication  Notification  MIB.  By  se[...]

  • Page 70

    Managing the Management Authentication Notification MIB clear mgmt-auth-notify 2-28 Startup a nd General Configuration This  example  shows  how  to  set  only  the  console  and  telnet  authentication  access  types  to  be  enabled  on  the  Management  Authenti cation  Notification [...]

  • Page 71

    clear mgmt-auth-notify Managing the Managem ent Authentication Notification MIB Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-29 Matrix(su)->clear mgmt-auth-notify Matrix(su)->show mgmt-auth-notify Management Type Status --------------- -------- console enabled ssh enabled telnet enabled web enabled[...]

  • Page 72

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear mgmt-auth-notify 2-30 Startup a nd General Configuration Setting Basic Device Properties Purpose To  display  and  set  the  system  IP  address  and  other  basic  system  (device)  properties,  including  time,  contact  name  and  alias,  physical ?[...]

  • Page 73

    show ip address Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-31 show ip address Use  this  command  to  display  the  system  IP  address  and  subnet  mask. Synt ax show ip address Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This ?[...]

  • Page 74

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear ip address 2-32 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  ip ‐ mask  will  be  set  to  the  natural  mask  of  the  ip ‐ addr ess  and  ip ‐ gateway  wil l  be  set  to  the  ip ‐ address . Mode Switch [...]

  • Page 75

    set ip gratuitous-arp Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-33 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IP  gratui tous ‐ arp  process  for  both  requests  and  repl[...]

  • Page 76

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system 2-34 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  gratuitous ‐ arp  processing: Matrix(rw)->clear ip gratuitous-arp show system Use  this  command ?[...]

  • Page 77

    show system hardware Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-35 Temp-Alarm Uptime d,h:m:s Logou t ------------- -------------- ----- -------- off 0,19:40:00 10 mi n PS1-Type PS2-Type ------------- ------------- 6C207-1 not installed Ta b l e 2 ‐ 5  provides  an  explanation  of  the ?[...]

  • Page 78

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system hardware 2-36 Startup a nd General Configuration Example The  following  example  shows  a  portion  of  the  information  display ed  with  the  show  system  hardware  command. Matrix(rw)->show system hardware CHASSIS HARDWARE INFORMATION -----------------[...]

  • Page 79

    show system utilization Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-37 Lookup DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Transmit DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Receive DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB Routing DDR: 8 MB 8 MB 8 MB MAC CHIP 0 1 2 Model: FastE net FastEnet FTM1 Revision: 1 1 0 PHY CHIP 0 Model: BCM52 26 Revision: 2 show system utilizatio[...]

  • Page 80

    Setting Basic Device Properties show system utilization 2-38 Startup a nd General Configuration Name ProcI D 5 sec 1 min 5 min ------------------------------------ ------------------------ CLI 1 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Chassis Data Synchronization 2 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Connection Maintenance 3 1.0% 0.5% 0.5% Hardware Maintenece 4 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Image & Confi[...]

  • Page 81

    set system utilization threshold Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-39 Router OSPF 40 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router RIP 41 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router VRRP 42 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router DVMRP 43 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router PIM 44 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router PIMDM 45 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router ARP 46 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% Router LSNAT 47 0[...]

  • Page 82

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear system utilization 2-40 Startup a nd General Configuration clear system utilization Use  this  command  to  clear  the  threshold  for  sending  CPU  utilization  notification  messages.  Synt ax clear system utilization Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  com[...]

  • Page 83

    set time Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-41 set time Use  this  command  to  change  the  time  of  day  on  the  system  clock. Synt ax set time [ mm/dd/yyyy ] [ hh:mm:ss ] Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example [...]

  • Page 84

    Setting Basic Device Properties set summertime 2-42 Startup a nd General Configuration End : SUN NOV 04 02:00:00 2007 Offset: 60 minutes (1 hours 0 minute s) Recurring: yes, starting at 2:00 of the second Sunday of March and ending at 2:00 of the first Sunday of November set summertime Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable ?[...]

  • Page 85

    set summertim e recurring Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-43 Default s If  an  offset  is  not  spe cified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage These  settings  will  be  non ‐ recurring  and  will  [...]

  • Page 86

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear summertime 2-44 Startup a nd General Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage These  se ttings  will  start  and  stop  daylight  savings  time  at  the  specified  day  of  the  month  and  hour  each  yea r  and  will ?[...]

  • Page 87

    set cli compl etion Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-45 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  command  prompt  to  Switch  1: Matrix(rw)->set prompt “Switch 1” Switch 1(rw)-> s[...]

  • Page 88

    Setting Basic Device Properties show banner 2-46 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  delay  is  not  specified ,  none  will  be  set. •I f  not  specified,  the  cursor  wi ll  not  refresh . Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example ?[...]

  • Page 89

    set banner Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-47 set banner Use  this  command  to  set  the  banner  message  for  pre  and  post  session  login. Synt ax set banner { login message | motd message } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Re[...]

  • Page 90

    Setting Basic Device Properties clear banner 2-48 Startup a nd General Configuration clear banner Use  this  command  to  clear  the  banner  message  display ed  at  pre  and  post  session  login  to  a  blank  string. Synt ax clear banner { login | motd } Parameters None. Default s None. Mode[...]

  • Page 91

    show version Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-49 Bp: 01.00.10 Fw: 05.01.56 2 7G4202-30 GR-A13 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.05 Fw: 05.01.56 3 7G4202-30 gr-a5 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.10 Fw: 05.01.56 4 7G4202-30 GR-R18 Hw: 0 Bp: 01.00.05 Fw: 05.01.56 5 7K4290-02 0408026231 11 Hw: 2 Bp: 01.00.15 Fw: 05.01.56 6 7H4382-4[...]

  • Page 92

    Setting Basic Device Properties set system name 2-50 Startup a nd General Configuration set system name Use  this  command  to  configure  a  name  for  the  system. Synt ax set system name [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  system  name  will  be  cleared.[...]

  • Page 93

    set system con tact Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-51 set system cont act Use  this  command  to  identify  a  contact  person  for  the  system. Synt ax set system contact [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  c[...]

  • Page 94

    Setting Basic Device Properties set length 2-52 Startup a nd General Configuration set length Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  lines  the  CLI  will  display . Synt ax set length screenlength Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  show[...]

  • Page 95

    set logout Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-53 set logout Use  this  command  to  set  the  time  (in  minutes)  an  idle  console  or  Te l n e t  CLI  session  will  remain  connected  before  timing  out. Synt ax set logout timeo[...]

  • Page 96

    Setting Basic Device Properties set physical alias 2-54 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  ph ysical  alias  information  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  physical ?[...]

  • Page 97

    clear physical alias Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-55 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  alias  for  the  chassis  to  “chassisone”: Matrix(rw)->set physical alias chass is chassisone cl[...]

  • Page 98

    Setting Basic Device Properties set physical assetid 2-56 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  asset  ID  information  for  modul e  1.  In  this  case,  none  has  been  configu[...]

  • Page 99

    clear physical assetid Setting Basic Device Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-57 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  asset  ID  for  modul e  1: Matrix(rw)->clear physical assetid m odule 1 [...]

  • Page 100

    Activating Licensed Features set license 2-58 Startup a nd General Configuration Activating Licensed Features In  order  to  enable  adv anced  features,  such  as  redundant  management,  rou ting  protocols,  and  extended  ACLs  on  a  Matrix  Series  device,  yo u  must  purchase[...]

  • Page 101

    show license Activating Licensed Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-59 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  the  license  will  be  bound  to  all  modules. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  license  key ?[...]

  • Page 102

    Activating Licensed Features clear license 2-60 Startup a nd General Configuration clear license Use  this  command  to  clear  license  key  settings. Synt ax clear  license  { advanced  |  redundancy }  [ slot  slot ] Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  the  license  settings  will ?[...]

  • Page 103

    show inlinepower Configu ring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-61 Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Purpose To  review  and  set  PoE  parameters,  including  the  pow er  available  to  the  chassis,  the  usage  threshold  for  each  module,[...]

  • Page 104

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower mode 2-62 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  device  PoE  properties.  In  this  case,  only  the  modules  in  slots  [...]

  • Page 105

    clear inlinepower mode Configu ring Power over Ethernet (P oE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-63 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  chassis  pow er  allocation  mode  to  manual: Matrix(rw)->set i[...]

  • Page 106

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) clear inlinepower available 2-64 Startup a nd General Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage If  the  total  power  w attage  va l u e  set  with  the  set  inlinepower  assigned  command  (“ set  inlinepower ?[...]

  • Page 107

    set inlinepower powertrap Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-65 set inlinepower powertrap Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  the  se nding  of  an  SNMP  trap  message  whenever  the  status  of  the  chassis  Po E  po[...]

  • Page 108

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower assigned 2-66 Startup a nd General Configuration set inlinepower assigned Use  this  command  to  manually  assign  Po we r  Sourcing  Equipment  (PSE)  powe r  to  a  modul e  in  the  chassis. Synt ax set inlinepower assigned power-value slot-num[...]

  • Page 109

    set inlinepower threshold Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-67 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  power  assignment s  to  all  modules  in  the  chassis: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower assign ed set inlinepower threshold Use  this [...]

  • Page 110

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) set inlinepower management 2-68 Startup a nd General Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Po E  threshold  to  75  on  module  1: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower thresh old 1 set inlinepower management Use  this  command  to  set ?[...]

  • Page 111

    set inlinepower psetrap Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-69 Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Po E  management  mode  to  “realtime”  on  module  1: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower manage ment 1 set inlinepower p setrap Use ?[...]

  • Page 112

    Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) show port inlinepower 2-70 Startup a nd General Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  Po E  trap  messaging  for  module  1  to  disabled: Matrix(rw)->clear inlinepower psetra p 1 show port inlinepow[...]

  • Page 113

    clear port inlinepower Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-71 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  Po E  on  port  fe.3.1  with  critical  priority: Matrix(rw)->set po[...]

  • Page 114

    Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image clear port inlinepower 2-72 Startup a nd General Configuration Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Downloading a New Firmware Image Yo u  can  upgrade  the  operational  firmw are  in  the  Matr ix  Series  device  without  physically  opening  the [...]

  • Page 115

    clear port inlinepower Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-73 Testing SDRAM.... PASSED. Loading Boot Image: 01.00.02... DONE. Uncompressing Boot Image... DONE. Press any key to enter System Image Loader menu 2. Before  the  boot  up  completes,  press  any  key .[...]

  • Page 116

    Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image show boot system 2-74 Startup a nd General Configuration 9. Set  the  terminal  baud  rate  back  to  9600  and  press  ENTER.  10. T ype  setboot  filename  to  set  the  device  to  boot  to  the  new  firmware  image.  In  [...]

  • Page 117

    set boot system Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-75 Usage The  system  must  be  reset  by  software  for  the  ne w  boot  image  to  take  effect  at  sta rtup.  If  the  chassis  is  powered  OFF  and  then[...]

  • Page 118

    Starting and Configuring Telnet show telnet 2-76 Startup a nd General Configuration S t arting and Configuring T elnet Purpose To  enable  or  di sable  Te l n e t ,  and  to  start  a  Te l n e t  session  to  a  remote  host.  The  Mat rix  Series  device  allows  a  total  of  [...]

  • Page 119

    set telnet Starting and Configuring Telnet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-77 set telnet Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  Te l n e t  on  the  device. Synt ax set telnet { enable | disable }{ inboun d | outbound | all } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐[...]

  • Page 120

    Starting and Configuring Telnet show router telnet 2-78 Startup a nd General Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  start  a  Te l n e t  session  to  a  host  at  10.21.42.13: Matrix(rw)->telnet 10.21.42.13 show router telnet Use  this  command  to  display  the  state  o[...]

  • Page 121

    clear router telnet Starting and Configuring Telnet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-79 clear router telnet Use  this  command  to  reset  Te l n e t  service  to  the  router  to  the  default  st ate  of  disabled. Synt ax clear router telnet Parameters None. Default s None. Mode[...]

  • Page 122

    Managing Configuration and Image Files clear router telnet 2-80 Startup a nd General Configuration Managing Configuration and Image Files Matrix  Series  devices  provide  a  single  configuration  interface  which  allows  you  to  perform  both  switch  and  router  configuration  with  the[...]

  • Page 123

    dir Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-81 dir Use  this  command  to  list  files  stored  in  the  file  system. Synt ax dir [ filename ] Parameters Default s If  filename  is  not  specified,  all  files  in  the  system  will ?[...]

  • Page 124

    Managing Configuration and Image Files dir 2-82 Startup a nd General Configuration slot6: Filename: 04.21.03 (Active) (Bo ot) Version: 04.21.03 Size: 5494579 (bytes) Date: FRI JUL 30 08:50:40 2 004 CheckSum: f564c266c3a5907a9f375 0dd17db6999 Location: slot1 Compatibility: 7G4202-30, 7G4202-60, 7G4270-09, 7G4270-10, 7G4270- 12, 7G4282-41, 7H4202-72,[...]

  • Page 125

    show file Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-83 show file Use  this  command  to  display  the  contents  of  an  image  or  configuration  file. Synt ax show file filename Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  [...]

  • Page 126

    Managing Configuration and Image Files show file 2-84 Startup a nd General Configuration config t write file exit disable exit end router # arp ! # cdp ! # console ! begin ! # ***** NON-DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ** *** ! ! ! # SLOT TYPE # ___ ________________ ! # 1 7G4270-12 # 2 # 3 7H4382-49 # 4 7H4382-49 # 5 7H4382-49 # 6 7H4382-49 # 7 7H4382-49 ! ! [...]

  • Page 127

    show config Managing Configuration and Ima ge Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-85 ! # cdp ! # console ! show config Use  this  command  to  display  the  system  configuration  or  write  the  configuration  to  a  file . Synt ax show config [ all ] [ facility ] [ outfile outfil[...]

  • Page 128

    Managing Configuration and Image Files configure 2-86 Startup a nd General Configuration interface loopback 1 ip address 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 no shutdown . . . end configure Use  this  command  to  execute  a  previously  downloaded  configuration  file  stored  on  the  device. Synt ax configure filename [[...]

  • Page 129

    delete Managing Configuration and Image Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-87 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Matrix  module  to  which  a  configuration  file  is  downloaded  must  hav e  the  same  hardw are  configuration  as ?[...]

  • Page 130

    Managing Configuration and Image Files script 2-88 Startup a nd General Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Use  the  show  config  command  as  described  in  “ show  config ”  (page 2 ‐ 85)to  display  current  image  and  configuration  file  names. Exa[...]

  • Page 131

    script Managing Configuration and Ima ge Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-89 script  file  requ ires  two  argu ments,  a  por t  string  (%1)  and  a  VLAN  id  (%2).  Finally ,  the  scri pt  is  executed,  by  specifying  fe.1.1  as  the  first ?[...]

  • Page 132

    Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol sh ow mtu 2-90 Startup a nd General Configuration Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  or  disable  the  path  MTU  (Maximum  T ransmission  Unit)  discovery  protocol  on  the  device.  Because  ports  with [...]

  • Page 133

    set mtu Enabling or Disabling the Path MTU Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-91 set mtu Use  this  command  to  disable  or  re ‐ enable  path  MTU  discov ery  protocol  on  the  device. Synt ax set mtu { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  [...]

  • Page 134

    Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI cls (clear screen) 2-92 Startup a nd General Configuration Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI Purpose To  clear  the  CLI  screen  or  to  close  you r  CLI  session. Commands The  commands  used  to  clear  and  close  the  CLI  session  are [...]

  • Page 135

    exit | quit Pausing, Clearing and Closing the CLI Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-93 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage By  default,  device  ti meout  occurs  after  15  minutes  of  user  inactivity ,  automatically  closing  you r  CLI  session. [...]

  • Page 136

    Resetting the Device show reset 2-94 Startup a nd General Configuration Resetting the Device Purpose To  reset  one  or  mor e  device  modules,  to  clear  the  user ‐ defined  switch  and  router  configuration  parameters,  or  to  sched ule  a  system  reset  in  order  t[...]

  • Page 137

    reset Resetting the Device Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-95 reset Use  this  command  to  reset  the  device  without  losing  any  user ‐ defined  configuration  settings  Synt ax reset {[ mod | system | nemcpu { mod . n emcpu }] [ cancel ]} Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐[...]

  • Page 138

    Resetting the Device reset at 2-96 Startup a nd General Configuration reset at Use  this  command  to  schedule  a  system  reset  at  a  specific  futu re  time.  This  feature  is  useful  for  loading  a  new  boot  image. Synt ax reset at hh:mm [ mm/dd ] [ reason ] Parameters Def[...]

  • Page 139

    clear config Resetting the Device Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-97 Parameters Default s If  a  reason  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example Matrix(rw) ‐ >reset  in  5:20This  example  shows  how  to  sched[...]

  • Page 140

    Gathering Technical Support Inform ation show support 2-98 Startup a nd General Configuration Gathering T echnical Support Information Purpose To  gather  common  technical  support  information. Command show support Use  this  command  to  display  output  for  technical  support ‐ related  commands. Syn[...]

  • Page 141

    show support Gathering Technical Support Information Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 2-99 Example This  example  shows  how  to  execute  the  show  support  command  and  save  the  results  to  slot  1  as  a  support3.txt  file: Matrix(su)->show support slot1/su[...]

  • Page 142

    Preparing the Device for Router Mode show support 2-100 Startup and General Configuration Prep aring the Device for Router Mode Pre-Routing Configuration T asks The  following  pre ‐ routing  tasks,  as  detailed  in  “ Startup  and  General  Configuration  Summary ”  on  page 2 ‐ 1  and  “ Set[...]

  • Page 143

    show support Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-101 The  example  in  Figure 2 ‐ 8  shows  how  to: •E n a b l e  routing  for  this  router . • Configure  VLAN  1  on  IP  address  182.127.63.1  255.255.255.0  as  the  routing ?[...]

  • Page 144

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing show router 2-102 Startup and General Configuration show router Use  thi s  command  to  display  which  module  that  is  currently  running  routing  services.  The  DFE  is  a  distributed  system,  which  means  that  even  though  the  [...]

  • Page 145

    router Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-103 router Use  this  command  to  enter  router  CLI  mode.  Synt ax router Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  routi[...]

  • Page 146

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing router 2-104 Startup and General Configuration Router Configuration Mode Set IP prot ocol parameters. Ty p e router and the protoc ol name (and, for OSPF , the instance ID ) from Global or Interface Configuration mode. Matrix>router (config-router)# Key Chain Configuration Mode Set protocol (RIP) authentication [...]

  • Page 147

    router Reviewing and Configuring Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 2-105 DHCP Host Configuration Mode Configure DHCP host parameters. Ty p e clie nt-identifier and the iden tifier , or hardware-addr ess and an address from any DHCP configuration mode. Matrix>router (config-dhcp-host)# Note: T o jump to a lower configu[...]

  • Page 148

    Reviewing and Configuring Routing router 2-106 Startup and General Configuration[...]

  • Page 149

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-1 3 Discovery Protocols Configuration This  chapter  describes  how  to  configure  the  discov ery  protocols  supported  by  the  firmw are  using  CLI  commands. Displaying Neighbors Purpose The  show  neighbors  command  displays [...]

  • Page 150

    Displaying Neighbors show neighbors 3-2 Discove ry Protocols Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  all  Netw ork  Neighbor  Discov ery  information  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Net[...]

  • Page 151

    show cdp Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-3 Enterasys Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Enterasys  Discovery  Protocol  (CDP),  used  to  discover  netw ork  topology .  When  enabled,  CDP  allows  Enterasys  devi[...]

  • Page 152

    Enterasys Discovery Protocol set cdp state 3-4 Discove ry Protocols Configuration CDP Authentication Code : 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0 CDP Transmit Frequency : 60 Port Status ----------------- fe.1.1 auto-enable fe.1.2 auto-enable fe.1.3 auto-enable fe.1.4 auto-enable fe.1.5 auto-enable fe.1.6 auto-enable fe.1.7[...]

  • Page 153

    set cdp auth Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-5 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  CDP  state  will  be  globally  set. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  global[...]

  • Page 154

    Enterasys Discovery Protocol set cdp interval 3-6 Discove ry Protocols Configuration A  device  with  the  default  authentication  code  (16  null  characters)  will  recognize  all  de vices,  no  matter  what  their  authentication  code,  and  enter  them  into  its  CDP[...]

  • Page 155

    clear cdp Enterasys Discov ery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  CDP  hold  time  to  60  seconds: Matrix(rw)->set cdp hold-time 60 clear cd p Use  this  command  to  reset  CDP  discovery  protoc ol  settings [...]

  • Page 156

    Cisco Discovery Protocol show ciscodp 3-8 Discove ry Protocols Configuration Cisco Discovery Protocol Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Cisco  Discovery  Protocol,  use d  to  discover  network  topology .  When  enabled,  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol  allows  Cisco  de vices[...]

  • Page 157

    show ciscodp port info Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 3-9 Device ID : 00E06314BD57 Last Change : WED FEB 08 01:07:45 20 06 Ta b l e 3 ‐ 2  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. show ciscod p port info Use  this  command  to  display  summary  inf[...]

  • Page 158

    Cisco Discovery Protocol set ciscodp status 3-10 Discovery Protocols Con figuration fe.1.1 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.2 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.3 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.4 enabled none untrus ted 0 fe.1.5 enabled none untrus ted 1 Ta b l e 3 ‐ 3  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set cisco[...]

  • Page 159

    set ciscodp timer Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-11 set ciscod p timer Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  seconds  between  Cisco  Di scovery  Pr otocol  PDU  transmissions. Synt ax set ciscodp timer time Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch [...]

  • Page 160

    Cisco Discovery Protocol set ciscodp port 3-12 Discovery Protocols Con figuration set ciscod p port Use  this  command  to  set  the  status,  vo i ce  VLAN,  extended  trust  mode,  and  CoS  priority  for  untrusted  traffic  for  the  Cisco  Discov ery  Protocol  on  one [...]

  • Page 161

    clear ciscodp Cisco Discovery Protocol Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-13 •A  Cisco  DP  port  trust  status  of  trusted  or  untrusted  is  only  meaningful  when  a  Cisco  IP  phone  is  connected  to  a  switch  port  and  a  PC  or  o[...]

  • Page 162

    Cisco Discovery Protocol clear ciscodp 3-14 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  the  Cisco  DP  parameters  back  to  the  default  settings: Matrix>clear ciscodp This  example  sh[...]

  • Page 163

    clear ciscodp Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-15 Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED The  IEEE  802.1AB  standard,  commonly  referre d  to  as  the  Link  Lay er  Discover y  Protocol  (LLDP),  is  describe d  in  “IE EE ?[...]

  • Page 164

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear ciscodp 3-16 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Commands Ste p Ta s k Command(s) 1. Configure global system LLDP p arameters set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat clear lldp 2. Enable/disable specific ports to: • T ransmit and process received[...]

  • Page 165

    show lldp Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-17 show lld p Use  this  command  to  display  LLDP  configuration  information. Synt ax show lldp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how [...]

  • Page 166

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port status 3-18 Discovery Protocols Con figuration show lld p port st atus Use  this  command  to  display  the  LLDP  status  of  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show lldp port status [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  no[...]

  • Page 167

    show lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Po r t s  are  enabled  to  send  LLDP  notifications  with  the  set  lldp  port  trap  command  and  to  send  LLDP ‐ ME[...]

  • Page 168

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port location-info 3-20 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Desc Name Desc Cap Addr Id Id PHY Aggr Frame Cap Pol Loc PoE ------- ---- ---- ---- --- ---- --- - ---- --- --- ---- ---- --- --- --- --- ge.1.1 * * * * * * slg * * * * * * ge.1.2 * * * * * * slg * * * * * * ge.1.3 * * * * * * slg * * * *[...]

  • Page 169

    show lldp port local-info Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-21 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  local  system  information  will  be  displayed  for  all  po rts. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Y[...]

  • Page 170

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port lo cal-info 3-22 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Sys Name Optional basic LLD P TL V . V alue is the administrative ly assigned name for the system. Sys Desc Optional basic LLDP TL V . V a lue is sysDescr object defined in RFC 3418. Sys Cap Supported/Enabled Optional basic LLDP TL V . Syst[...]

  • Page 171

    show lldp port remote-info Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-23 show lld p port remote-info Use  this  command  to  display  the  remote  sy stem  information  stored  for  a  remote  device  connected  to  a  local  port.  Synt[...]

  • Page 172

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED show lldp port network-policy 3-24 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Mgmt Addr : 0.0.0.0 Chassis ID : 0.0.0.0 Device Type : Communication Device E ndpoint (class III) Sys Name : AVE0E143D Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : brid ge,telephone/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled : yes/ yes Auto-Neg Advertised : 10BA [...]

  • Page 173

    show lldp port network-policy Link Lay er Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-25 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  only  non ‐ default  val u e s  wi ll  be  displayed  for  all  ports  that  have  non ‐ default  [...]

  • Page 174

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp tx-interva l 3-26 Discovery Protocols Con figuration set lld p tx-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  time,  in  seconds,  betw een  successive  LLDP  frame  transmissions  initiated  by  changes  in  the  LLDP  local  sy stem ?[...]

  • Page 175

    set lldp trap-interval Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-27 Example This  example  sets  the  transmit  inte rval  to  20  seconds  and  the  hold  multiplier  to  5,  which  will  configure  a  time ‐ to ‐ live  of  1[...]

  • Page 176

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port status 3-28 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  an  LLDP ‐ MED  endpoint  device  has  connected  to  a  port,  the  network  connectivity  device  starts  sending  LLDP ‐ MED  T[...]

  • Page 177

    set lldp port trap Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-29 set lld p port trap Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  sending  LLDP  notifications  (traps)  when  a  remote  system  change  is  dete cted. Synt ax set lldp port trap[...]

  • Page 178

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port location-info 3-30 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Example This  example  enables  transmitting  LLDP ‐ MED  traps  on  ports  ge.1.1  through  ge.1.6 . Matrix(rw)->set lldp port med-trap e nable ge.1.1-6 set lld p port location-info Use  this  comm[...]

  • Page 179

    set lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Prot ocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-31 Parameters all Add  all  optional  TL Vs  to  transmitted  LLDPDUs. port ‐ desc Po r t  Description  optional  basic  LLDP  TL V .  Va l u e  sent  is  ifDescr  object  defi[...]

  • Page 180

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED set lldp port network-policy 3-32 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  configures  the  management  address,  MED  capability ,  MED  netw ork  policy ,  and  MED  location  ident[...]

  • Page 181

    set lldp port network-policy Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-33 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage As  desc ribed  in  the  ANSI/ TIA  Standards  document  1057,  th e  Ne twork  Pol ic y  TL V  is  “intend[...]

  • Page 182

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp 3-34 Discovery Protocols Con figuration clear lld p Use  this  command  to  return  LLDP  parameters  to  their  defaul t  va l ue s . Synt ax clear lldp { all | tx-interval | hold-multipler | trap-interval | med-f ast-repeat } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch[...]

  • Page 183

    clear lldp port trap Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-35 Example This  example  returns  port  ge.1.1  to  the  default  state  of  enabled  for  both  transmitting  and  processing  received  LLDPDUs. Matrix(rw)->clear lldp port [...]

  • Page 184

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp por t location-info 3-36 Discovery Protocols Con figuration clear lld p port location-info Use  this  command  to  return  the  port  ECS  ELIN  location  setting  to  the  def ault  va l u e  of  null. Synt ax clear lldp port location-info elin p [...]

  • Page 185

    clear lldp port tx-tlv Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 3-37 Default s At  least  one  application  (or  all )  and  one  policy  parameter  must  be  speci fied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  returns ?[...]

  • Page 186

    Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED clear lldp port tx-tlv 3-38 Discovery Protocols Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  disables  the  management  address,  MED  capability ,  MED  network  policy ,  and  MED  location  identification[...]

  • Page 187

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-1 4 Port Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Po r t  Configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Port Configuration Summary Console Port(s) Each  Matrix  Series  module  or  standalone  device  includes  a [...]

  • Page 188

    Port Configuration Summary 4-2 Port Conf iguration Switch Port s The  Matrix  Ser ies  modules  and  standalone  devices  have  fixed  front  panel  switch  ports  and,  depending  on  the  model,  optional  expansion  module  slots.  The  numbering  scheme  used  to  [...]

  • Page 189

    Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-3 fe.1.1-10 This  example  shows  the  port ‐ string  syntax  for  specifying  the  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  port  14  in  the  module  in  chassis  sl ot 3. ge.3.14 This  example  shows  the  p[...]

  • Page 190

    Setting Console Port Properties show console 4-4 Port Conf iguration show console Use  this  command  to  display  properties  set  for  one  or  more  console  ports. Synt ax show console [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  properties  for  all [...]

  • Page 191

    show console baud Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-5 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  properties  for  all  console  ports  will  be  cleared. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  h[...]

  • Page 192

    Setting Console Port Properties clear console baud 4-6 Port Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  baud  rate  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  [...]

  • Page 193

    set console flowcontrol Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-7 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  flow  con trol  setting  for  all  console  port s  will  be  displa yed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This ?[...]

  • Page 194

    Setting Console Port Properties show console bits 4-8 Port Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  flow  control  will  be  clea red  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear [...]

  • Page 195

    clear console bits Setting Console Port Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 4-9 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  bits  per  character  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  exampl[...]

  • Page 196

    Setting Console Port Properties set console stopbits 4-10 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  stop  bits  per  character  will  be  displayed  for  all  console  ports.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how [...]

  • Page 197

    show console parity Setting Console Por t Properties Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-11 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  stop  bits  per  character  will  be  cleared  for  all  console  ports.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This ?[...]

  • Page 198

    Setting Console Port Properties clear console parity 4-12 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  parit y  type  will  be  set  for  all  console  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  even  p[...]

  • Page 199

    show port Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-13 Reviewing Port St atus Purpose To  display  operating  status,  duplex  mode,  speed,  port  type,  and  statistical  information  abou t  traffic  received  and  transmitted  through  one  or  all ?[...]

  • Page 200

    Reviewing Port Status show port status 4-14 Port Con figuration show port st atus Use  this  command  to  display  operating  and  admin  status,  speed,  duplex  mode  and  port  type  for  one  or  more  ports  on  the  device. Synt ax show port status [ port-string ] [ -int eresti[...]

  • Page 201

    show port counters Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-15 show port counters Use  this  command  to  display  port  counter  statistics  detailing  traffic  through  the  device  and  through  all  MIB2  network  devi ces. Synt ax show port counters [ po[...]

  • Page 202

    Reviewing Port Status show port counters 4-16 Port Con figuration No counter discontinuity time ------------------------------------ ----------------------------- MIB2 Interface Counters ----------------------- In Octets 0 In Unicast Pkts 0 In Multicast Pkts 0 In Broadcast Pkts 0 In Discards 0 In Errors 0 In Unknown Protocol 0 Out Octets 0 Out Unic[...]

  • Page 203

    show port operstatuscause Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-17 show port operst a tuscause Use  this  command  to  display  the  causes  configured  to  place  operating  status  to  a  down  or  dormant  state  for  one  or  more  ports. S[...]

  • Page 204

    Reviewing Port Status clear port operstatuscause 4-18 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  operation  status  causes  for  ports  ge.1.1  through  6.  In  this  case,  port  ge.1.6  is  down  due  to  a ?[...]

  • Page 205

    clear port operstatuscause Reviewing Port Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  override  al l  operational  causes  on  all  ports: Matrix(rw)->clear port operstatuscau se[...]

  • Page 206

    Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports set port disable 4-20 Port Con figuration Disabling / Enabling and Naming Port s Purpose To  disable  and  re ‐ enable  one  or  more  ports,  and  to  as sign  an  alias  to  a  port.  By  default,  all  ports  are  enabled  at  device  [...]

  • Page 207

    set port enable Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-21 set port enable Use  this  command  to  administratively  enable  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port enable port-string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example Th[...]

  • Page 208

    Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports set port alias 4-22 Port Con figuration set port alias Use  this  command  to  assign  an  alias  name  to  a  port. Synt ax set port alias port-string [ string ] Parameters Default s If  string  is  not  specif ied,  the  alias  assigned  to  the  por[...]

  • Page 209

    set forcelinkdown Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-23 set forcelinkdown Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  force  link  down  function.  When  enabled,  this  forces  ports  in  the  “operstatus  down”  stat[...]

  • Page 210

    Setting Speed and Duplex Mode show port speed 4-24 Port Con figuration Setting S peed and Duplex Mode Purpose To  review  and  set  the  operational  speed  in  Mbps  and  the  default  duplex  mode:  Half ,  for  half  duplex,  or  Full ,  for  full  duplex  for  one  or ?[...]

  • Page 211

    set port speed Setting Speed and Duplex Mode Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-25 set port speed Use  this  command  to  set  the  default  speed  of  one  or  more  ports.  Th is  setting  only  takes  effect  on  ports  that  hav e  auto ‐ negotiation  di[...]

  • Page 212

    Setting Speed and Duplex Mode set port duplex 4-26 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  default  duplex  setting  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethe rnet  port  14  in  module  3: Matrix(rw)->show port duplex ge.3.14 default duplex mode is full on port ge.3.14. set port[...]

  • Page 213

    show port jumbo Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-27 Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Purpose To  review ,  enable,  and  disable  jumbo  frame  support  on  one  or  more  ports.  This  allows  Gigabit  Ethernet  ports  to ?[...]

  • Page 214

    Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support set port jumbo 4-28 Port Con figuration set port jumbo Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  jumbo  frame  support  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port jumbo { enable | disable } [ p ort-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  no[...]

  • Page 215

    clear port jumbo Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-29 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  jumbo  frame  support  status  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  port  14  in  module  3: M[...]

  • Page 216

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability show port negotiation 4-30 Port Con figuration Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Purpose To  review ,  disable  or  enable  auto ‐ negotiation,  and  to  review  or  set  a  port’ s  advertised  mode  of  operation.  During  auto [...]

  • Page 217

    set port negotiation Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  auto ‐ negotiation  status  for  1 ‐ Gigabit  Ethernet  po rt  14  in  module 3: Ma[...]

  • Page 218

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability set port mdix 4-32 Port Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  the  mode  for  al l  ports  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  MDI/ MDIX [...]

  • Page 219

    clear port mdix Setting Auto- Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-33 clear port mdix Use  this  command  to  reset  MDIX  mode  to  the  default  setting  of  auto  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax clear port mdix [ port-string ] Parameters De[...]

  • Page 220

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability set port advertise 4-34 Port Con figuration 10BASE-T yes yes no 10BASE-TFD yes yes no 100BASE-TX yes yes no 100BASE-TXFD yes yes no 1000BASE-X no no no 1000BASE-XFD no no no 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD no no no other no no yes pause yes yes no Apause no no no Spause no no no Bpause no no no Ta b [...]

  • Page 221

    clear port advertise Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-35 Parameters Default s At  least  one  optional  parameter  must  be  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  fe.3.4  [...]

  • Page 222

    Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability clear port advertise 4-36 Port Con figuration Default s If  not  specified,  all  modes  of  advertised  ability  will  be  cleared.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  all  advertised [...]

  • Page 223

    show port flowcontrol Setting Flow Contro l Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-37 Setting Flow Control Purpose To  review ,  enable  or  disable  por t  flow  control.  Flow  control  is  used  to  manage  the  transm ission  between  tw o  devices  as  specified  b[...]

  • Page 224

    Setting Flow Control set port flowcontrol 4-38 Port Con figuration Ta b l e 4 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set port flowcontrol Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  flow  control  settings  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set port flowcontrol po[...]

  • Page 225

    show port trap Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-39 Configuring Link T rap s and Link Flap Detection Purpose To  disable  or  re ‐ enable  link  traps  and  to  configure  the  link  flapping  detection  function.  By  default,  al[...]

  • Page 226

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set port trap 4-40 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  link  trap  status  for  fe.3.1  through  4: Matrix(rw)->show port trap fe.3.1-4 Link traps enabled on port fe.3.1. Link traps [...]

  • Page 227

    show linkflap Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-41 Parameters Default s •I f  not  specified,  information  about  all  link  flap  detection  settings  will  be  display ed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  inform[...]

  • Page 228

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection show linkflap 4-42 Port Con figuration Linkflap Port Settable Parameter Tab le (X means error occurred) Port LF Status Actions Thresh old Interval Downtime -------- --------- ------- ------ ---- ---------- ---------- ge.1.1 disabled ....... 10 5 300 ge.1.2 enabled D..S..T 3 5 300 ge.1.3 disabled ...S.[...]

  • Page 229

    set linkflap globalstate Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-43 set linkflap globalst ate Use  this  command  to  globally  enable  or  disable  the  link  flap  detection  function.  By  default,  the  function  is  disabled [...]

  • Page 230

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set linkflap interval 4-44 Port Con figuration set linkflap interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  time  interval  (in  seconds)  for  accumulating  link  down  transitions. Synt ax set linkflap interval port-string in terval_value Parameters Default s Non[...]

  • Page 231

    clear linkflap action Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-45 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  link  flap  violation  action  on  port  fe.1.4  to  generating  a  Sysl[...]

  • Page 232

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection set linkflap downtime 4-46 Port Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  link  flap  threshold  on  port  fe.1.4  to  5: Matrix(rw)->set linkflap threshold f[...]

  • Page 233

    clear linkflap down Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-47 clear linkflap down Use  this  command  to  toggle  link  fl ap  disabled  ports  to  operational. Synt ax clear linkflap down [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is [...]

  • Page 234

    Configuring Link Traps and Link Flap D etection clear link flap 4-48 Port Con figuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  link  flap  options  on  port  fe.1 .4: Matrix(rw)->clear linkflap all fe.1. 4[...]

  • Page 235

    show port broadcast Configuring Broadcast Supp ression Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-49 Configuring Broadcast Suppression Purpose To  review ,  disable  or  set  the  broadcas t  thresholds  on  one  or  mo re  ports.  This  limits  the  amount  of  receiv ed  broadc[...]

  • Page 236

    Configuring Broadcast Suppression set port broadcast 4-50 Port Con figuration set port broadcast Use  this  command  to  set  the  broadcast  suppression  limit,  in  pac kets  per  second,  on  one  or  more  ports.  This  sets  a  threshold  on  the  broadcast  traffic [...]

  • Page 237

    clear port broadcast Configuring Broadcast Suppression Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-51 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  both  threshold  and  peak  settings  will  be  cleared. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  broadcast [...]

  • Page 238

    Configuring Port Mirroring show port mirroring 4-52 Port Con figuration Configuring Port Mirroring The  Matrix  device  allows  you  to  mirror  (or  redirec t)  the  traffic  being  switched  on  a  port  for  the  purposes  of  netw ork  traffic  analysis  and  connection [...]

  • Page 239

    set port mirroring Configuring Port Mirroring Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-53 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  port  mirroring  information.  In  thi s  case,  fe.1 .4  is  configured  [...]

  • Page 240

    Configuring Port Mirroring clear port mirroring 4-54 Port Con figuration Default s If  not  specified,  both  receiv ed  and  transmitted  frames  will  be  mirrore d. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  port  mirroring  of  transmi[...]

  • Page 241

    clear port mirroring Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-55 Configuring LACP Using  multiple  links  simultaneously  to  increase  bandwidth  is  a  desirable  switch  feature,  which  can  be  accomplished  if  both  sides  agree  on  a  set  [...]

  • Page 242

    Configuring LACP clear port mirroring 4-56 Port Con figuration •A  means  of  identifying  the  set  of  capabi lities  associated  with  each  port  and  with  each  aggregator ,  as  understood  by  a  given  device. •A  means  of  identifying  a  LAG  and  it[...]

  • Page 243

    clear port mirroring Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-57 by  comparing  operational  keys.  Aggregator  ports  allow  only  underlying  ports  with  keys  matching  theirs  to  join  their  LAG. LACP  uses  a  system  priority  va l u e  to [...]

  • Page 244

    Configuring LACP show lacp 4-58 Port Con figuration show lacp Use  this  command  to  display  the  global  LACP  enable  state,  or  to  display  information  about  one  or  more  aggregator  ports.  Synt ax show lacp [ state | port-string ] Parameters Default s •I f  state  is ?[...]

  • Page 245

    set lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-59 Actor Partner System Identifier: 00:e0:63:9d:b5:8 7 00:00:00:00:00:00 System Priority: 3276 8 32768 Admin Key: 3276 8 Oper Key: 3276 8 32768 Attached Ports: None. Ta b l e 4 ‐ 9  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set lacp U[...]

  • Page 246

    Configuring LACP clear lacp state 4-60 Port Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  LACP: Matrix(rw)->set lacp disable clear lacp st ate Use  this  command  to  reset  LACP  to  the  defa ult  state  of  enabled. Synt ax cle[...]

  • Page 247

    set lacp aadminkey Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-61 Usage Only  one  LACP  system  priority  can  be  set  on  a  Matrix  Series  device,  using  either  this  command,  or  the  set  port  lacp  command  (“ set  port  lacp ” ?[...]

  • Page 248

    Configuring LACP set lacp static 4-62 Port Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  actor  admin  key  for  LAG  port  4: Matrix(rw)->clear lacp aadminkey lag .0.484 set lacp st atic Use  this  command  to [...]

  • Page 249

    clear lacp static Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-63 Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  port  fe. 1.6  to  the  LAG  of  aggregator  port  4: Matrix(rw)->set lacp static lag.0.48 4 fe.1.6 clear lacp st atic Use  this  command  to  remove  s[...]

  • Page 250

    Configuring LACP set singleportlag 4-64 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  the  single  port  LAG  function: Matrix(rw)->show lacp singleportlag Single Port LAGs: enabl ed set singleportlag Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  th[...]

  • Page 251

    show port lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-65 show port lacp Use  this  command  to  display  link  aggregation  informatio n  for  one  or  more  underlying  physical  ports. Synt ax show port lacp port port-string {[ status { det ail | summary }] | [ counters ][...]

  • Page 252

    Configuring LACP set port lacp 4-66 Port Con figuration Matrix(rw)->show port lacp port fe.1 .12 status summary Port AggrActor System Partner System Pri: Sys tem ID: Key: Pri: System ID : Key: fe.1.12 none [(32768,00e0639db587,32768),(32768,0000000000 00, 1411)] This  example  shows  how  to  display  LACP  counters  for [...]

  • Page 253

    set port lacp Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-67 Default s •A t  least  one  parameter  must  be  entered  per  port ‐ string. •I f  enable  or  disable  are  not  specified,  port(s)  will  be  enabled  with  the  LACP  parameters  e[...]

  • Page 254

    Configuring LACP clear port lacp 4-68 Port Con figuration partners  maintain  current  status  of  the  other  via  LACPDUs  containing  information  about  their  ports’  LACP  status  and  operational  state. Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  actor  adm[...]

  • Page 255

    show lacp flowRegeneration Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-69 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  link  aggregation  parameters  for  port  ge.3.16: Matrix(rw)->clear port lacp port ge. 3.16 show lacp flowR[...]

  • Page 256

    Configuring LACP clear lacp flowRegeneration 4-70 Port Con figuration Usage When  enabled  and  a  new  port  joins  a  link  aggregation  group  (LAG),  LACP  will  redistri bute  all  existing  flows  over  the  LAG.  It  wi ll  also  attempt  to  load  balance  e[...]

  • Page 257

    set lacp outportAlgorithm Configuring LACP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 4-71 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  LACP: Matrix(rw)->show lacp outportAlgorit hmoutport algorithm dip-sip set lacp outportAlgorithm Use  this  command  to  set  the  algorithm [...]

  • Page 258

    Configuring LACP clear lacp outportAlgorithm 4-72 Port Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  LACP  outport  algorithm  to  DIP ‐ SIP: Matrix(rw)->clear lacp outportAlgori thm[...]

  • Page 259

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-1 5 SNMP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Simple  Network  Management  Protocol  (SNMP)  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. SNMP Configuration Summary SNMP  is  an  application ‐ layer  protocol  that  fa[...]

  • Page 260

    SNMP Configuration Summary 5-2 SNMP Configuration SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c The  components  of  SNMPv1  and  SNMPv2c  network  management  fall  into  thr ee  categories:  •M a n a g e d  devices  (such  as  a  sw itch)  •S N M P  agents  and  MIBs,  including  SNMP  traps,  c[...]

  • Page 261

    SNMP Configuration Summary Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-3 Using SNMP Context s to Access S pecific MIBs By  default,  when  operating  from  the  switch  CLI,  Matrix  Series  devices  allow  access  to  all  SNMP  MIBs  or  contexts.  A  context  is  a [...]

  • Page 262

    SNMP Configuration Summary 5-4 SNMP Configuration Complete  an  SNMPv2  trap  configuration  on  a  Matrix  Series  device  as  follows: 1. Create  a  commun ity  name  that  will  act  as  an  SNMP  user  password. 2. Create  an  SNMP  target  parameters  entry  to[...]

  • Page 263

    show snmp engineid Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-5 How SNMP Will Use This Configuration In  order  to  send  a  trap/notification  requested  by  a  MIB  code,  the  SNMP  agent  requires  the  equiv alent  of  a  trap  “door ”,  a[...]

  • Page 264

    Reviewing SNMP Statistics show snmp counters 5-6 SNMP Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  SNMP  engine  properties: Matrix(rw)->show snmp engineid EngineId: 80:00:15:f8:03:00:e0:63:9d :b5:87 Engine Boots = 12 Engine Time = 162181 Max Ms[...]

  • Page 265

    show snmp counters Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-7 snmpOutPkts = 396601 snmpInBadVersions = 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames = 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses = 0 snmpInASNParseErrs = 0 snmpInTooBigs = 0 snmpInNoSuchNames = 0 snmpInBadValues = 0 snmpInReadOnlys = 0 snmpInGenErrs = 0 snmpInTotalReqVars = 403661 [...]

  • Page 266

    Reviewing SNMP Statistics show snmp counters 5-8 SNMP Configuration snmpInGe nErrs Number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP protocol entit y with the value of t he error-stat us field as “gen Err .” snmpInT otalReqV ars Number of MIB objects retr ieved successfully by the SNMP protocol entity as the result of receiving va lid SNMP Get-Request [...]

  • Page 267

    show snmp counters Reviewing SNMP Statistics Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 5-9 usmS tats NotInTimeWindows Number of packets received by the SN MP engine that were dropped because they appeared outside of the authori tative SNMP engine's window . usmS tat sUnknownUserNames Number of packet s rece ived by the SN MP engine[...]

  • Page 268

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities show snmp user 5-10 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP Users, Group s and Communities Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  users,  groups  and  v1  and  v2  communities.  These  are  defined  as  follows: •U s e r  —  A  person  reg[...]

  • Page 269

    show snmp user Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-11 •I f  user  is  not  specified,  information  about  all  SNMP  users  will  be  displayed. •I f  remote  is  not  specified,  user  information  about  the  loca[...]

  • Page 270

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp user 5-12 SNMP Configurat ion set snmp user Use  this  command  to  create  a  new  SNMPv3  user . Synt ax set snmp user user [ remote remoteid ] [ authentica tion { md5 | sha }] [ authpassword ] [ privacy privpassword ] [ volatile | n onvolatile ] Parameters Default s [...]

  • Page 271

    show snmp group Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-13 Default s If  remote  is  not  specified ,  the  user  will  be  remov ed  from  the  local  SNMP  eng ine. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  [...]

  • Page 272

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp group 5-14 SNMP Configurat ion Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Security model = SNMPv1 Security/user name = public.rou ter Group name = Anyone Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Ta b l e 5 ‐ 6  shows  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  comman[...]

  • Page 273

    clear snmp group Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-15 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  an  SNMP  group  called  “anyone”,  assi gn  a  user  named  “public”  and  assign  SNMPv3  security  to  the[...]

  • Page 274

    Configuring SNMP Users, Groups and Communities set snmp community 5-16 SNMP Configurat ion Example This  example  shows  how  to  displ ay  information  about  the  SNMP  “public”  community  name.  For  a  description  of  this  output,  refer  to  “ set  snmp  community ?[...]

  • Page 275

    clear snmp community Configuring SN MP Users, Groups and Communities Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-17 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  an  SNMP  community  name  called  “vip”: Matrix(rw)->set snmp community vip This  example  shows  how  to  grant  SNMP[...]

  • Page 276

    Configuring SNMP Access Rights show snmp access 5-18 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP Access Right s Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  access  rights  and  assign  viewing  privileges  and  security  levels  to  SNMP  user  groups. Commands show snmp access Use  this  command  [...]

  • Page 277

    show snmp access Configuring SNMP Access Rights Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-19 •I f  volatile ,  nonvolatile  or  read ‐ only  are  not  specif ied,  all  entries  of  all  storage  types  wil l  be  display ed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example T[...]

  • Page 278

    Configuring SNMP Access Rights set snmp access 5-20 SNMP Configurat ion set snmp access Use  this  command  to  set  an  SNMP  access  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp access groupname security-m odel { v1 | v2c | usm } [ noauthentication | authentication | privacy ] [ context c ontext ] [ exact | prefix ] [ read read ] [[...]

  • Page 279

    clear snmp access Configuring SNMP Access Rights Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-21 •I f  write  view  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  notify  view  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  storage  type  is  not  specif[...]

  • Page 280

    Configuring SNMP MIB Views show snmp view 5-22 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP MIB V iews Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  MIB  views.  SNMP  views  map  SNMP  objects  to  access  righ ts. Commands show snmp view Use  this  command  to  display  the  MIB  configurat ion ?[...]

  • Page 281

    show snmp cont ext Configuring SNMP MIB Views Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-23 View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name = All Subtree OID = 0.0 Subtree mask = View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name = Network Subtree OID = 1.3.6.1.2.1 Subtree mask =[...]

  • Page 282

    Configuring SNMP MIB Views set snmp view 5-24 SNMP Configurat ion Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage An  SNMP  context  is  a  collection  of  management  information  that  can  be  accessed  by  an  SNMP  agent  or  entity .  The  default  context  allows  all ?[...]

  • Page 283

    clear snmp view Configuring SNMP MIB Views Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  an  SNMP  MI B  view  to  “public”  with  a  subtree  name  of  1.3.6. 1  included: Matrix(rw)->set snmp view viewname p ublic subtree 1.3.6.1 [...]

  • Page 284

    Configuring SNMP Target Parameters show snmp targetparams 5-26 SNMP Configurat ion Configuring SNMP T arget Parameters Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  target  parameters.  This  controls  where  and  under  what  circumstances  SNMP  notifications  will  be  se nt.  A  target [...]

  • Page 285

    set snmp targetparams Configuring SNMP Target Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-27 Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Target Parameter Name = v2cExample Params Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv2c Security Level = noAuthNoPr iv Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Target Param[...]

  • Page 286

    Configuring SNMP Target Parameters clear snmp tar getparams 5-28 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. •I f  not  specified,  security  lev el  will  be  set  to  noa uthenticatio n.  •I f  not  specified,  storage  type  will  be  set  to  nonvolatile . Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Page 287

    show snmp targetaddr Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-29 Configuring SNMP T arget Addresses Purpose To  review  and  configure  SNMP  target  addresses  which  will  receive  SNMP  notifica tion  messages.  An  address  conf iguration  can  b[...]

  • Page 288

    Configuring SNMP Target Addresses set snmp targetaddr 5-30 SNMP Configurat ion Retry count = 4 Parameters = v2cParams Storage type = nonVolatil e Row status = active Ta b l e 5 ‐ 10  shows  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  command  output. set snmp t arget addr Use  this  command  to  configure  an  SNM[...]

  • Page 289

    clear snmp targetaddr Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-31 Default s •I f  not  specified,  udpport  will  be  set  to  162 . •I f  not  specified,  mask  wi ll  be  set  to  255.255.255.255 •I f  not  specified,  timeout  will [...]

  • Page 290

    Configuring SNMP Target Addresses clear snmp targetaddr 5-32 SNMP Configurat ion Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  SNMP  target  address  entry  “tr ”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp targetaddr tr[...]

  • Page 291

    show snmp notify Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-33 Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Purpose To  configure  SNMP  notification  parameters  and  optional  filters.  Notifications  are  entities  which  handle  the  generation  of ?[...]

  • Page 292

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notify 5-34 SNMP Configurat ion Parameters Default s •I f  a  notify  name  is  not  specified,  all  entries  will  be  displayed. •I f  volatile ,  nonvolatile  or  read ‐ only  are  not  specif ied,  all  storage  type  entr[...]

  • Page 293

    set snmp notify Configuring SNMP Notification Par ameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-35 set snmp notify Use  this  command  to  set  the  SNMP  notify  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notify notify tag tag [ trap | inform ] [ volatile | nonvolatile ] Parameters Default s •I f  not  sp[...]

  • Page 294

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notifyfilter 5-36 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  SNMP  notify  configuration  fo r  “hello”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notify hello show snmp notifyfilter Us[...]

  • Page 295

    set snmp notifyfilter Configuring SNMP Notifica tion Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-37 set snmp notifyfilter Use  this  command  to  create  an  SN MP  notify  filter  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notifyfilter profile subtre e oid-or-mibobject [ mask mask ] [ included | excluded [...]

  • Page 296

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters show snmp notifyprofile 5-38 SNMP Configurat ion Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  the  SNMP  notify  filter  “pilot1”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6 show snmp notifyp[...]

  • Page 297

    set snmp notifyprofile Configuring SNMP Notification Para meters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-39 set snmp notifyprofile Use  this  command  to  create  an  SN MP  notify  filter  profile  configuration.  Synt ax set snmp notifyprofile profile targe tparam targetparam [ volatile | nonvolati[...]

  • Page 298

    Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters clear snmp notifyprofile 5-40 SNMP Configurat ion Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  SNMP  notify  profile  “area51”: Matrix(rw)->clear snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams[...]

  • Page 299

    set snmp timefilter break Configuring SNMP Walk Behavior Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 5-41 Configuring SNMP W alk Behavior Purpose To  configure  SNMP  wa l k  behavior . Commands set snmp timefilter break Use  this  command  to  set  SNMP  to  exit  the  MIB  wal k  after  th[...]

  • Page 300

    Configuring SNMP Walk Behavior set snmp timefilter break 5-42 SNMP Configurat ion[...]

  • Page 301

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-1 6 Spanning T ree Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Spanning  Tr e e  Configuratio n  set  of  command s  and  how  to  use  them. Overview: Single, Rapid and Multiple S p anning T ree Protocols The  IEEE  802.1D  Spanning  Tr [...]

  • Page 302

    Overview: Single, Rapid and Mult iple Spanning T ree Protocols 6-2 Spannin g Tree Configuration For  details  on  creating  Spanning  Tr e e  instances,  refe r  to  “ set  spantree  msti ”  on  page 6 ‐ 14. For  details  on  mapping  Spanning  Tr e e  instances  to  VLANs,  re[...]

  • Page 303

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-3 •D i s a b l i n g  a  port  based  on  frequency  of  failure  events Po r t  forw arding  state  in  the  designated  port  is  gated  by  a  timer  that  is  set  upon  BP[...]

  • Page 304

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters 6-4 Spannin g Tree Configuration clear spantree version 6-10 show spantree stpmode 6-10 set spantree stpmode 6-1 1 clear spantree stpmode 6-1 1 show spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 set spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 clear spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-13 show spantree mstilist 6-13 set spantree msti[...]

  • Page 305

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-5 set spantree autoedge 6-29 clear spantree autoedge 6-29 show spantree legacypathcost 6-30 set spantree legacypathcost 6-30 clear spantree legacypathcost 6-31 show spantree tctrapsuppress 6-31 set spantree tctrapsuppress 6-32 clear spantree tctrapsu[...]

  • Page 306

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree stats 6-6 Spannin g Tree Configuration show sp antree st at s Use  this  command  to  display  Spanning  Tr e e  information  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree stats [ port port-string ] [ sid sid ] [ ac tive ] Parameters Default s •I f ?[...]

  • Page 307

    show spantree stats Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-7 Bridge Max Age - 20 se c Bridge Hello Time - 2 se c Bridge Forward Delay - 15 se c Topology Change Count - 7 Time Since Top Change - 00 da ys 03:19:15 Max Hops - 20 Ta b l e 6 ‐ 1  shows  a  detailed  explanation ?[...]

  • Page 308

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree stats 6-8 Spannin g Tree Configuration This  example  shows  how  to  display  port ‐ specif ic  Spanning  Tr e e  information  for  port  ge.1.1.  Ta b l e 6 ‐ 2  describes  the  port ‐ specific  information  displayed . Matrix(rw)[...]

  • Page 309

    show spantree version Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 6-9 show sp antree version Use  this  command  to  display  the  current  version  of  the  Spanning  Tree  protocol  running  on  the  device. Synt ax show spantree version Paramete[...]

  • Page 310

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clea r spantree version 6-10 Spanning Tr ee Configuration mode  will  cause  the  bridge  to  transmit  only  802.1D  BPDUs,  and  will  prevent  non ‐ edge  ports  fr om  rapidly  transitioning  to  forw arding  state. Example This  example[...]

  • Page 311

    set spantree stpmode Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  STP  mod e: Matrix(rw)->show spantree stpmode Bridge Stp Mode is set to ieee8021 set sp antree stpmode Use  this  command  to  globall[...]

  • Page 312

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Paramete rs show spantree maxconfigurablestps 6-12 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  STP  mode  to  IEEE  802.1: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree stpmode show sp antree maxconfigurablestp s Use  this  command  to  display  the[...]

  • Page 313

    clear spantree maxconfigurablestps Conf iguring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-13 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  STP  max  configs  to  8: Matrix(rw)->set spantree maxconfigur ablestps 8 clear sp antree maxconfigurablestp s Use  this ?[...]

  • Page 314

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree msti 6-14 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree msti Use  this  command  to  create  or  delete  a  Mult iple  Spanning  Tr e e  instance. Synt ax set spantree msti sid sid { create | delete } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Page 315

    show spantree mstmap Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-15 show sp antree mstmap Use  this  command  to  display  the  mapping  of  a  filteri ng  database  ID  (FID)  to  a  Spanning  Tr e e s .  Since  VLANs  are  mapped ?[...]

  • Page 316

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree mstmap 6-16 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  map  FID  3  to  SID  2:  Matrix(rw)->set spantree mstmap 3 si d 2 clear sp antree mstmap Use  this  command  to  map  a  FID  back  to  SID  0. [...]

  • Page 317

    show spantree mstcfgid Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-17 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  assignments  for  all  VLANs  assigned  to  any  SID  other  tha n  SID 0: Matrix(rw)->show spantree vlanlist Vlan 104 is map[...]

  • Page 318

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantr ee mstcfgid 6-18 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MST  configuration  name  to  “mstconfig”: Matrix(rw)->set spantree mstconfigid cf[...]

  • Page 319

    set spantree bridgeprioritymod e Conf iguring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-19 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  priority  mode  setting: Matrix(rw)-&[...]

  • Page 320

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree priority 6-20 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  bridge  priority  mode  to  802.1t: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree bridgepri oritymode show sp antree[...]

  • Page 321

    set spantree priority Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-21 Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  priority  will  be  set  on  Spanning  Tr e e  0. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  device  with  th e[...]

  • Page 322

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree priority 6-22 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree priority Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tr e e  priority  to  the  default  va l u e  of  32768. Synt ax clear spantree priority [ sid ] Parameters Default s If  sid  is[...]

  • Page 323

    set spantree bridgehellomode Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-23 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  hello  mode.  In  this  case,  a  single  bridge  hello  mode  has  been [...]

  • Page 324

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree hello 6-24 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tr e e  bridge  hello  mode  to  enabled: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree bridgehel lomode show sp antree hello Use  this  command  to  displa[...]

  • Page 325

    clear spantree hello Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  hello  time  to  10  seconds: Matrix(rw)->set spantree hello 10 clear sp antree hello Use  this  c[...]

  • Page 326

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree maxage 6-26 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree maxage Use  this  command  to  set  the  bridge  maxim um  aging  time.  Synt ax set spantree maxage agingtime Parameters Default s None Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Maximum  agin[...]

  • Page 327

    show spantree fwddelay Configuri ng Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  reset  the  maximum  aging  time: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree maxage show sp antree fwddelay Use  this  command  to  display  t[...]

  • Page 328

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree fwddelay 6-28 Spanning Tr ee Configuration addition,  each  port  needs  ti me  to  listen  for  conflicting  information  that  wou l d  make  it  return  to  a  blocking  state;  otherwise,  temporar y  data  loops  migh[...]

  • Page 329

    set spantree autoedge Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-29 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  the  automatic  edge  port  detection  function: Matrix(rw)->show spantree autoedge autoEdge is currently enabled. [...]

  • Page 330

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parame ters show spantree legacypathcost 6-30 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree legacyp athcost Use  this  command  to  display  the  default  Spanning  Tr e e  path  cost  setting. Synt ax show spantree legacypathcost Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  comman[...]

  • Page 331

    clear spantree legacypathcost Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-31 clear sp antree legacyp athcost Use  this  command  to  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  default  va l u e  for  legacy  path  cost  to  802.1t  val u e s . Synt ax clear sp[...]

  • Page 332

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Para meters set spantree tctrapsuppress 6-32 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree tctrap suppress Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  topology  change  trap  suppression  on  Rapid  Spanning  Tree  edge  por ts.  Synt ax set spantree tctrapsupress { d[...]

  • Page 333

    show spantree txholdcount Configur ing Spanning T ree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-33 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  topology  change  trap  suppression  settings: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree tctrapsup press show sp antree txholdcount Use  this  comman[...]

  • Page 334

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Pa rameters clear spantree txholdcount 6-34 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  set  the  transmit  hold  count  to  5: Matrix(rw)->set spantree txholdcount 5 clear sp antree txholdcount Use  this  command  to  reset  the[...]

  • Page 335

    set spantree maxhops Configuring Spanning T ree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-35 set sp antree maxhop s Use  this  command  to  set  the  Spanning  Tr e e  maximum  hop  count. Synt ax set spantree maxhops max_hop_count Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  [...]

  • Page 336

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree spanguard 6-36 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree sp anguard Use  this  command  to  display  the  status  of  the  Spanning  Tr e e  span  guard  function. Synt ax show spantree spanguard Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  comman[...]

  • Page 337

    clear spantree spanguard Configuri ng Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-37 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  span  guard  function: Matrix(rw)->set spantree spanguard e nable clear sp antree sp anguard Use  this  command  to  resets [...]

  • Page 338

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree spanguardtimeout 6-38 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree sp anguard timeout Use  this  command  to  set  the  amount  of  time  (in  seconds)  an  edge  port  will  remain  locked  by  the  span  guard  function. Synt ax s[...]

  • Page 339

    show spantree spanguardlock Configur ing Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-39 show sp antree sp anguardlock Use  this  command  to  display  the  span  guard  lock  status  of  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree spanguardlock port-str ing Parame[...]

  • Page 340

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters show spantree spanguardtrapenable 6-40 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  unlock  port  fe.1.16: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree spanguard lock fe.1.16 show sp antree sp anguard trapenable Use  this  command  to  displays  the  state ?[...]

  • Page 341

    clear spantree spanguardtrap enable Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-41 clear sp antree sp anguard trap enable Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Spanning  Tree  span  guard  trap  function  ba ck  to  the  default  state  of  [...]

  • Page 342

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters set spantree backuproot 6-42 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree backuproot Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  backup  root  function.  Synt ax set spantree backuproot sid { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Sw[...]

  • Page 343

    show spantree backuproottrapen dable Confi guring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-43 Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  backup  root  function  to  disabled  on  SID  2: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree backuproo t 2 show sp antree backupr[...]

  • Page 344

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree backuproottrapenable 6-44 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  backup  root  trap  function: Matrix(rw)->set spantree backuproott rapenable enable clear sp antree backuproottrapenable Use  this  command  t[...]

  • Page 345

    set spantree newroottrapenable Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-45 set sp antree newroottrapenable Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  new  root  trap  function.  Synt ax set spantree newroottrapenable { enab [...]

  • Page 346

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters clear spantree default 6-46 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree default Use  this  command  to  restore  default  val u e s  to  a  Spanning  T ree. Synt ax clear spantree default [ sid ] Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  defaults [...]

  • Page 347

    show spantree debug Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-47 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Spanning  Tr e e  debug  counter s  for  link  aggregation  port  3,  SID 0: Matrix(rw)->show spantree debug port lag.0.3 STP Diagn[...]

  • Page 348

    Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters cle ar spantree debug 6-48 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree debug Use  this  command  to  clear  Spanning  Tr e e  debug  counters. Synt ax clear spantree debug Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example ?[...]

  • Page 349

    clear spantree debug Configu ring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-49 Configuring S p anning T ree Port Parameters Purpose To  display  and  set  Spanning  Tr e e  port  parameters,  including  enabling  or  disabling  the  Spanning  Tr e e  algorithm [...]

  • Page 350

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree portenable 6-50 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree portenable Use  this  command  to  display  the  port  status  on  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports. Synt ax show spantree portenable [ port port- string ] Parameters Default s If  po[...]

  • Page 351

    clear spantree portenable Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-51 clear sp antree portenable Use  this  command  to  reset  the  default  val u e  for  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports  to  enabled. Synt ax clear spantree portenable po[...]

  • Page 352

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters set spantree portadmin 6-52 Spanning Tr ee Configuration set sp antree port admin Use  this  command  to  disable  or  enable  the  Spanning  Tr e e  algorit hm  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set spantree portadmin port-string { disable | enable } Parameters [...]

  • Page 353

    set spantree protomigration Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-53 set sp antree protomigration Use  this  command  to  reset  the  protocol  state  migration  machine  for  one  or  more  Spanning  Tr e e  ports.  When  operating [...]

  • Page 354

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Para meters show spantree blockedports 6-54 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  Spanning  Tr e e  state  for  fe.1.7: Matrix(rw)->show spantree portstate port fe.1.7 Port fe.1.7 has a Port State of Forw arding on SID 0 show sp antree blo[...]

  • Page 355

    set spantree portpri Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-55 Parameters Default s •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  port  priority  will  be  display ed  for  all  Spanning  Tr e e  ports. •I f  sid  is  not  specif ied,[...]

  • Page 356

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters clear spantree p ortpri 6-56 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree portpri Use  this  command  to  reset  the  bridge  priority  of  a  Spanning  Tr e e  port  to  a  def ault  va l u e  of  128.  Synt ax clear spantree portpri port-string [ si[...]

  • Page 357

    clear spantree porthello Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-57 Usage This  command  can  be  executed  only  if  bridge  hello  mode  is  disable d.  For  information  on  using  the  set  spantree  bridgehellomod e  command, ?[...]

  • Page 358

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree a dminpathcost 6-58 Spanning Tr ee Configuration •I f  sid  is  not  specif ied,  port  cost  will  be  display ed  for  all  Spanning  T rees. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display ?[...]

  • Page 359

    clear spantree adminpathcost Configur ing Spanning Tree Port Par ameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-59 Parameters Default s If  sid  is  not  specifie d,  admin  path  cost  will  be  set  for  Spanning  Tr e e  0. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage By  de[...]

  • Page 360

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Pa rameters show spantree adminedge 6-60 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  admin  path  cost  to  0  for  fe.3.2  on  SID  1: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree adminpath cost fe.3.2 sid 1 show sp antree adminedge Use  this [...]

  • Page 361

    clear spantree adminedge Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-61 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  fe.1.11  as  an  edge  port: Matrix(rw)->set spantree adminedge f e.1.11 true clear sp antree admi[...]

  • Page 362

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters show spantree adm inpoint 6-62 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  edge  port  status  for  fe.2.7: Matrix(rw)->show spantree operedge p ort fe.2.7 Port fe.2.7 has a Port Oper Edge [...]

  • Page 363

    set spantree adminpoint Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-63 Default s If  not  specified,  status  will  be  disp layed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  p[...]

  • Page 364

    Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters clear spantree adminpoint 6-64 Spanning Tr ee Configuration clear sp antree adminpoint Use  this  command  to  reset  the  administrative  poin t ‐ to ‐ point  status  of  the  LAN  segment  attached  to  a  Spanning  Tr e e  port  to  auto [...]

  • Page 365

    set spantree lp Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-65 Configuring S p anning T ree Loop Protect Features Purpose To  display  and  set  Spanning  Tr e e  Loop  Protect  parameters,  including  the  global  parameters  of  Loop  Protect [...]

  • Page 366

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree lp 6-66 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Loop  Protect  feature  is  disabled  by  default.  See  “Loop [...]

  • Page 367

    clear spantree lp Configuring Spa nning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-67 If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Loop  Protect  status  on [...]

  • Page 368

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features clear spantree lplock 6-68 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  port ‐ string  is  specified,  status  is  displayed  for  all  ports. If  no  SID  is  specified,  SID  0  is  assumed.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Page 369

    set spantree lpcapablepartner Configuri ng Spanning Tree Loop Protect F eatures Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-69 Usage The  default  state  is  unlocked. Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  Loop  Protect  lock  from  ge.1.1: Matrix(rw)->show spantree lplock por t ge.1.[...]

  • Page 370

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree lpcapablepartner 6-70 Spanning Tr ee Configuration show sp antree lpcap ablep artner Use  this  command  to  the  Loop  Protect  capability  of  a  link  partner  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show spantree lpcapablepartner [ port port[...]

  • Page 371

    set spantree lpthreshold Configuring Spa nning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-71 set sp antree lpthreshold Use  this  command  to  set  the  Loop  Protect  event  threshold. Synt ax set spantree lpthreshold value Parameters Default s None.  The  default  ev ent [...]

  • Page 372

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features clear spantree lpthreshold 6-72 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  Loop  Protect  threshold  va l u e : Matrix(rw)->show spantree lpthreshol d LoopProtect event threshold is set t o 4 clear sp antree lpthreshol[...]

  • Page 373

    show spantree lpwindow Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Prote ct Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-73 counter  is  not  reset  until  the  Loop  Protect  ev ent  threshold  is  reached.  If  the  thre shold  is  reach ed,  that  constitutes  a  loop  protect[...]

  • Page 374

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features set spantr ee lptrapenable 6-74 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  Loop  Protect  ev ent  window  to  the  default  of  180  seconds: Matrix(rw)->clear spantree lpwindow set sp antree lptrapenable Use  t[...]

  • Page 375

    clear spantree lptrapenable Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Prote ct Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-75 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  current  Loop  Protect  ev ent  notification  status: Matrix(rw)->show spantree lptrapenab le LoopProtect event traps are [...]

  • Page 376

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features show spantree disputedbpduthreshold 6-76 Spanning Tr ee Configuration Usage A  disputed  BPDU  is  one  in  which  the  flag s  field  indicates  a  designated  role  and  learning,  and  the  priority  vect o r  is  wor se  than  th[...]

  • Page 377

    show spantree nonforwardingreason Confi guring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Features Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 6-77 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  disputed  BPDU  threshold  to  the  def[...]

  • Page 378

    Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Feat ures show spantree nonforwar dingreason 6-78 Spanning Tr ee Configuration[...]

  • Page 379

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-1 7 802.1Q VLAN Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Enterasys  Matrix  syste m’ s  capabilities  to  implement  802.1Q  virtual  LANs  (VLANs).  It  documents  how  to: •C r e a t e ,  enable,  disable  and  name  [...]

  • Page 380

    VLAN Configuration Summary 7-2 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Port Assignment Scheme For  information  on  this  device’ s  port  as signment  scheme,  refer  to  “ Por t  String  Syntax  Used  in  the  CLI ”  on  page 4 ‐ 2. Port String Synt ax Used in the CLI For  information  on  [...]

  • Page 381

    show vlan Reviewing Existing VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-3 3. Add  the  host  port  and  the  desired  switch  port  to  the  egress  list  for  the  VLAN  created  in  Step  1.  (“ set  vlan  egress ”  on  page 7 ‐ 18) 4. Set  a  p[...]

  • Page 382

    Reviewing Existing VLANs show vlan 7-4 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  options  ar e  specified,  all  information  related  to  static  and  dynamic  VLANs  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disp[...]

  • Page 383

    show vlan Reviewing Existing VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-5 Forbidden Egress Ports Ports prevented fr om transmitted frames for this VLAN. Untagged Ports Port s configured to transmit untagged frames for this VLAN. T able 7-2 show vlan Output Det ails (continued) Output... W hat it displays...[...]

  • Page 384

    Creating and Naming Static VLANs set vlan 7-6 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Creating and Naming St atic VLANs Purpose To  create  a  new  static  VLAN,  or  to  enable  or  disable  exist ing  VLAN(s). Commands set vlan Use  this  command  to  create  a  new  static  IEEE  802.1 Q  VLAN,[...]

  • Page 385

    set vlan name Creating and Naming Static VLANs Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-7 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  create  VLAN  3: Matrix(rw)->set vlan create 3 This  example  shows  how  to  disable  VLAN  3: Matrix(rw)->set vlan disable 3 set vlan name Use  this [...]

  • Page 386

    Creating and Naming Static VLANs clear vlan name 7-8 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  remove  a  stati c  VLAN  9  from  the  device’ s  VLAN  list: Matrix(rw)->clear vlan 9 clear vlan name Use  this  command  to  remove  the  name  of  a  VLAN[...]

  • Page 387

    show port vlan Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 7-9 Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Purpose To  assign  default  VLAN  IDs  to  unt agged  frames  on  one  or  more  ports,  to  configure  MI B ‐ II  in[...]

  • Page 388

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs ( PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering set port vlan 7-10 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Usage PVID  determines  the  VLAN  to  which  all  untagged  frames  re ceived  on  one  or  more  ports  wil l  be  classified. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  PVID[...]

  • Page 389

    clear port vlan Assigning Port VLAN ID s (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  fe.1.1 0  to  the  port  VLAN  list  of  VLAN  4  (PVID  4).  Since  VL AN  4  is  a  new  VLAN,  it [...]

  • Page 390

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering set vlan interface 7-12 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  interface  entry  for  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->show vlan interface 1 VLAN Port Storage Typ e ----------------------[...]

  • Page 391

    clear vlan interface Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-13 clear vlan interface Use  this  command  to  clear  the  MIB ‐ II  interface  entry  mapped  to  a  VLAN. Synt ax clear vlan interface vlan-list Parameters Default s None. Mode [...]

  • Page 392

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingr ess Filtering set port ingress filter 7-14 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  di splay  the  port  ingress  filter  status  for  Fast  Ethernet  ports  10  through  15  in  module  1.  In  this  case,  the ?[...]

  • Page 393

    show port discard Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress F iltering Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-15 show port discard Use  this  command  to  display  the  frame  discard  mode  for  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show port discard [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Page 394

    Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering clear port discard 7-16 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  Fast  Ethernet  port  7  in  module2  to  discard  both  tagged  and  untagged  frames:  Matrix([...]

  • Page 395

    show port egress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-17 Configuring the VLAN Egress List Purpose To  assign  or  remove  ports  on  the  egress  li st  of  a  particular  VLAN.  This  determines  which  ports  will  be  eligible  to  [...]

  • Page 396

    Configuring the VLAN Egress List set vlan egress 7-18 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Example This  example  shows  you  how  to  show  VLAN  egress  information  for  Fast  Ethernet  ports  1  through  3  in  module  1.  In  this  case,  all  three  ports  are  allow ed [...]

  • Page 397

    clear vlan egress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-19 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  add  Fast  Ethernet  ports  5  through  10  in  module  1  to  the  egress  list  of  VLAN  7.  This  means  that  these  [...]

  • Page 398

    Configuring the VLAN Egress List show vlan dynamic egress 7-20 802.1Q VLAN Configuration show vlan dynamic egress Use  this  command  to  display  which  VLANs  are  currently  enabled  for  VLAN  dynamic  egress. Synt ax show vlan dynamicegress [ vlan-list ] Parameters Default s If  vlan ‐ list  is ?[...]

  • Page 399

    set vlan dynamicegress Configuring the VLAN Egress List Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-21 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  dynamic  egr ess  function  on  VLAN  7: Matrix(rw)->set vlan dynamicegress 7 enable[...]

  • Page 400

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP set vlan dynamicegress 7-22 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Enabling/Disabling GVRP Purpose To  dynamically  create  VLANs  acr oss  a  switched  netw ork.  The  GVRP  (GARP  VLAN  Regist ration  Protocol)  command  set  is  used  to  display  GVRP  configuration  i[...]

  • Page 401

    set vlan dynamicegress Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-23 Figure 7-1 Example of VLAN Propaga tion via GVRP Configuring  a  VLAN  on  an  802.1Q  switch  creates  a  static  VLAN  entry .  The  entry  will  alw ays  remain  registered  and  will [...]

  • Page 402

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP show gvrp 7-24 802.1Q VLAN Configuration show gvrp Use  this  command  to  display  GVRP  configuration  information. Synt ax show gvrp [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  GVRP  configuration  information  will  be  displayed  f[...]

  • Page 403

    show garp timer Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-25 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  GARP  timer  inform ation  will  be  displayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows [...]

  • Page 404

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP set gvrp 7-26 802.1Q VLAN Configuration set gvrp Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  GVRP  globally  on  the  device  or  on  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax set gvrp { enable | disable } [ port-st ring ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  [...]

  • Page 405

    set garp timer Enabling/Disabling GVRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 7-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  GVRP  status  globally  on  the  device: Matrix(rw)->clear gvrp set garp timer Use  this  command  to  adjust  the  va l u e s  of  the  join, [...]

  • Page 406

    Enabling/Disabling GVRP clear garp timer 7-28 802.1Q VLAN Configuration Parameters Default s At  least  one  optional  parameter  must  be  enter ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  GARP  leav e  timer  to  60  centiseconds ?[...]

  • Page 407

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-1 8 Policy Classification Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Po l ic y  Classification  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Policy Classification Configuration Summary Enterasys  Matrix  Ser ies  devices  support  policy [...]

  • Page 408

    Configuring Policy Profiles show policy profile 8-2 Policy Classification Conf iguration Configuring Policy Profiles Purpose To  review ,  create,  change  and  remove  policy  pr ofiles  for  managing  netw ork  resources. Commands show policy profile Use  this  command  to  display  policy  profi[...]

  • Page 409

    set policy profile Configuring Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-3 Row Status :active Port VID Status :enabled Port VID Override :11 CoS Status :disabled CoS :0 Tagged Egress VLAN List :11 Forbidden VLAN List :none Untagged VLAN List :none Replace TCI Status :enabled Admin Profile Usage :none Oper Profile Usage[...]

  • Page 410

    Configuring Policy Profiles set policy profile 8-4 Policy Classification Conf iguration Parameters Default s If  optional  parameters  are  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  policy  profile ?[...]

  • Page 411

    clear policy profile Configuring Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-5 clear policy profile Use  this  command  to  delete  a  policy  profile  ent ry . Synt ax clear policy profile profile-index Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  e[...]

  • Page 412

    Configuring Policy Profiles set policy invali d action 8-6 Policy Classification Conf iguration set policy invalid action Use  this  command  to  assign  the  action  the  device  will  apply  to  an  inv alid  or  unknown  policy .  Synt ax set policy invalid action { default-p olicy | drop | forw[...]

  • Page 413

    show policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-7 Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Purpose To  review ,  assign  and  unassign  classification  and  admin  rules.  Classification  rules  map  policy  profiles  to [...]

  • Page 414

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles show policy rule 8-8 Policy Classification Conf iguration Default s •I f  port ‐ string ,  rule  status,  storage  type,  Syslog  state,  trap,  and  usage ‐ list  are  not  specified,  all  rules  related  to  other  specifications [...]

  • Page 415

    show policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 8-9 |PID |Rule Type |Rule Data |Mk|PortStr |RS|ST|S|T|D|VLAN|CoS |U| | 1 |Ether |32923 (0x809B) |16|All | A|NV|Y|Y| | 105| |?| | 1 |Ether |33011 (0x80F3) |16|All | A|NV|Y|Y| | 105| |?| | 1 |Ether |33079 (0x8137) |16|All | A|NV|Y|[...]

  • Page 416

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles show policy capa bility 8-10 Policy Classification Con figuration show policy cap ability Use  this  command  to  display  all  policy  classification  capabilities  supported  by  you r  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device.  Synt ax show  policy [...]

  • Page 417

    set policy classify Assigning Classifica tion Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-11 |MAC source address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |MAC destination address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |IPX source address | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | X | |IPX destination address | X | X | X | X [...]

  • Page 418

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set poli cy classify 8-12 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s If  mask  is  not  s pecified,  all  data  bits  will  be  considered  relevant. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Classification  rules  are  automatic[...]

  • Page 419

    set policy ru le Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-13 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  use  Ta b l e 8 ‐ 3  to  create  (and  enable)  a  VLAN  classification  rule  to  policy  2,  classification  65,  to [...]

  • Page 420

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set policy rule 8-14 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s •I f  mask  is  not  sp ecified,  all  data  bits  will  be  considered  relevant. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  rule  will  be  scoped  to  all  [...]

  • Page 421

    clear policy rule Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-15 clear policy rule Use  this  command  to  delete  one  or  all  policy  classification  rule  entries. Synt ax clear policy rule admin-profil e | profile-index all-pid-entries | ether ipdest[...]

  • Page 422

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles clear policy all-rules 8-16 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s When  applicable,  data ,  mask ,  and  port ‐ string  must  be  speci fied  for  individual  rule s  to  be  cleared. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This[...]

  • Page 423

    set policy port Assigning Classification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-17 set policy port Use  this  command  to  assign  an  administra tive  rule  to  a  port. Synt ax set policy port port-name admin-id Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐[...]

  • Page 424

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles set policy allowed-type 8-18 Policy Classification Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  show  information  about  policies  allow ed  on  port  ge.1.5:  Matrix(rw)->show policy allowed-type ge.1.5 SUPPORTED AND ALLOWED TRAFFIC RULE T YPES o[...]

  • Page 425

    clear policy allowed-type Assigning Cl assification Rules to Policy Profiles Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-19 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  allow  only  rule  type  1  (source  MA C  address  classification)  to  be  [...]

  • Page 426

    Assigning Classifi cation Rules to Policy Profiles clear policy port-hit 8-20 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  rule  port  hit  indications  on  all  ports: Matrix(rw)->clear policy port-hit al l[...]

  • Page 427

    clear policy port-hit Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-21 Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Using Port-Based or Po licy-Based CoS Settings The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device  supports  Class  of  Service  (CoS),  which  allows  yo u  [...]

  • Page 428

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear policy port-hit 8-22 Policy Classification Con figuration Purpose To  configure  policy ‐ based  Class  of  Service. Commands Define IRL or TXQ resources (data rates or transmit priorities). set cos port-resource irl set cos port-resource tx q Bind a CoS reference index ID to a defin[...]

  • Page 429

    show cos state C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-23 show cos st ate Use  this  command  to  display  the  Class  of  Service  enable  state. Synt ax show cos state Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This [...]

  • Page 430

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos port-type 8-24 Policy Classification Con figuration show cos port-type Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  port  type  configurations.  Synt ax show cos port-type [ irl | txq ] [ inde x-list ] Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  all [...]

  • Page 431

    show cos port-type Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-25 Gbps 1 DFE-P 4Q 32/4 perc ge.2.1-30; ge.2.1-30; Kbps ge.3.1-30; ge.3.1-30; Mbps ge.4.1-30; ge.4.1-30; Gbps fe.6.1-48; fe.6.1-48; ge.6.1-6; ge.6.1-6; fe.7.1-72 fe.7.1-72 Port type Number of Supp orted Eligible Unselected Index desc[...]

  • Page 432

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos unit 8-26 Policy Classification Con figuration show cos unit Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  uni ts  of  measure  information,  including  rate  type,  minimum  and  maximum  limits  of  the  port  groups,  a[...]

  • Page 433

    show cos port-config C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-27 show cos port-config Use  this  command  to  display  Class  of  Service  port  gr oup  configurations. Synt ax show cos port-config [ irl | txq ] [ gr oup-type-index ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Page 434

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos port-config irl 8-28 Policy Classification Con figuration Port Group :0 Port Type :1 Assigned Ports :ge.2.1-30;ge.3.1-3 0;ge.4.1-30;fe.6.1-48;ge.6.1-6;fe.7.1-72 Arbiter Mode :Strict Slices/queue :Q [ 0]: 0 Q [ 1 ]: 0 Q [ 2]: 0 Q [ 3]: 32 Percentage/queue :Q [ 0]: 0% Q [ 1 ]: 0% Q [ 2]: 0% Q [ 3]: 1[...]

  • Page 435

    clear cos port-config irl Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-29 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  CoS  inbound  rate  limiting  port  group  entry  named  “test  irl” [...]

  • Page 436

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear cos port-config txq 8-30 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  name  is  not  specifie d,  default  names  described  in  Ta b l e 8 ‐ 5  will  be  applied. •I f  not  specified,  this  config uration  wi ll  [...]

  • Page 437

    show cos port-resou rce Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  non ‐ default  CoS  tra nsmit  queue  port  group  entries: Matrix(rw)->clear cos[...]

  • Page 438

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos port-re source irl 8-32 Policy Classification Con figuration set cos port-resource irl Use  this  command  to  configure  a  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limit ing  port  resource  entry . Synt ax set cos port-resource irl group-type-index irl-number [...]

  • Page 439

    clear cos port-resource irl Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-33 clear cos port-resource irl Use  this  command  to  clear  one  or  all  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  port  resource  configurations: Synt ax clear cos port-[...]

  • Page 440

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) clear cos port-resource txq 8-34 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s •I f  a  rate  is  not  specified,  port  defaults  will  be  applied. •I f  not  specified,  no  algorithm  wi ll  be  assigned.  Mode Switch  command, ?[...]

  • Page 441

    show cos reference Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  port  resource  settings  associated  with  Class  of  Service  transmit  queue ?[...]

  • Page 442

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) set cos referenc e irl 8-36 Policy Classification Con figuration 0.1 12 txq 3 0.1 13 txq 3 0.1 14 txq 3 0.1 15 txq 3 set cos reference irl Use  this  command  to  set  a  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  reference  configuration. Synt ax set cos reference [...]

  • Page 443

    set cos reference txq C onfiguring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-37 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  Class  of  Service  inbound  rate  limiting  reference  entries: Mat[...]

  • Page 444

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos settings 8-38 Policy Classification Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  Class  of  Service  transmit  queue  ref erence  entries: Matrix(rw)->clear co[...]

  • Page 445

    set cos settings Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-39 6 6 * 12 * 7 7 * 14 * set cos settings Use  this  command  to  configure  a  Class  of  Service  entry . Synt ax set cos settings cos-list [ priority priority ] [ tos-v alue tos-value ] [ txq-reference txq[...]

  • Page 446

    Configuring Policy Clas s of Service (CoS) show cos violation irl 8-40 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  priority  and  transmit  queue  reference  va lu es  for  CoS  entry  2: Matri[...]

  • Page 447

    clear cos all-entries Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-41 Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  all  information  for  all  types  of  CoS  violations  will  be  displayed . Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . [...]

  • Page 448

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing show route- map 8-42 Policy Classification Con figuration Configuring Policy-Based Routing About Policy-Based Routing Normally ,  IP  packets  are  forwarded  according  to  the  route  that  has  been  selected  by  traditional  routing  protocols,  such  as [...]

  • Page 449

    route-map Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-43 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  route  map  list  101.  In  this  case,  the ?[...]

  • Page 450

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing match ip address 8-44 Policy Classification Con figuration Default s •I f  permit  or  deny  is  not  s pecified,  this  command  will  enable  route  map  or  policy  based  routing  configuration  mode. •I f  sequence ‐ number  is  not  s peci[...]

  • Page 451

    set next hop Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-45 set next hop Use  this  command  to  set  one  or  mor e  next  hop  IP  address  for  packets  matching  an  extended  access  list  in  a  configured  route  map.  Synt ax[...]

  • Page 452

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy route-map 8-46 Policy Classification Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  policy  information: Matrix>Router(config)#show ip policy Interface Route map Priority Load policy Pinger Interval Retries 3 103 first first-available off 3 3 2 102 only roun d-robin [...]

  • Page 453

    ip policy priority Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-47 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  <vlan_id>))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  un ‐ assigns  a  route  map  list. Example This  example [...]

  • Page 454

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy load-policy 8-48 Policy Classification Con figuration ip policy load-policy Use  this  command  to  configure  PBR  next  hop  behavior .  Synt ax ip policy load-policy {[ first-available ] [ round-robi n ] [ ip-hash { sip | dip | both }]} no ip policy load-policy Parameters Defa[...]

  • Page 455

    ip policy pinger Configuring Policy-Based Routing Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 8-49 Default s •I f  not  specified,  interval  will  be  set  to  3  seconds. •I f  not  specified,  retries  wil l  be  set  to  3. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:[...]

  • Page 456

    Configuring Policy-Based Routing ip policy pinger 8-50 Policy Classification Con figuration[...]

  • Page 457

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-1 9 IGMP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  IGMP  Configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  About IP Multicast Group Management The  Internet  Group  Management  Protocol  (IGMP)  runs  between  host[...]

  • Page 458

    IGMP Configuration Summary show igmp enable 9-2 IGMP C onfiguration Howeve r ,  note  that  IGMP  neither  alters  nor  routes  any  IP  multicast  packets.  Since  IGMP  is  not  concerned  with  the  deliv ery  of  IP  multicast  packets  across  subnetworks,  an  ex[...]

  • Page 459

    set igmp enable Enabling / Disabling IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-3 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  status  for  VLAN  104: Matrix(rw)->show igmp enable 104 IGMP Default State for vlan 104 is D isabled set igmp[...]

  • Page 460

    Enabling / Disabling IGMP set igmp disable 9-4 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  IGMP  on  VLAN  104: Matrix(rw)->set igmp disable 104[...]

  • Page 461

    show igmp query Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-5 Configuring IGMP Purpose To  display  and  set  IGMP  configuration  parameters,  including  query  interval  and  response  time  settings,  and  to  create  and  configure  static  IGMP  entries[...]

  • Page 462

    Configuring IGMP set igmp query-enable 9-6 IGMP C onfiguration Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  query  state  for  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->show igmp query 1 IGMP querying on vlan 1 is Disabled set igmp query-enable Use  [...]

  • Page 463

    show igmp grp-full-action Conf iguring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-7 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  IGMP  querying  on  VL AN  104: Matrix(rw)->set igmp query-disable 1 04 show igmp grp-full-action Use  this  com[...]

  • Page 464

    Configuring IGMP show igmp config 9-8 IGMP C onfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  flood  multicast  frames  to  the  VLAN  when  the  multicast  group  table  is  full: Matrix(rw)->set igmp grp-full-action 2 show igmp config Use [...]

  • Page 465

    set igmp config Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuration Gu ide 9-9 set igmp config Use  this  command  to  configure  IGMP  settings  on  one  or  more  VLANs. Synt ax set igmp config vlan-list {[ query-in terva l query-interval ] [ igmp-version igmp- version ] [ max-resp-time max-resp-tim e [...]

  • Page 466

    Configuring IGMP set igmp delete 9-10 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  IGMP  query  interv al  time  to  250  seconds  on  VLAN  1: Matrix(rw)->set igmp config 1 query- interval 250 set igmp delete Use  this  command  to  remove  IGMP  configura[...]

  • Page 467

    show igmp stat ic Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  IGMP  group  information  for  VLAN  105.  In  this  example,  the  device  knows  to  forw ard  all  multicast  traffic  for  IP  gr[...]

  • Page 468

    Configuring IGMP set igmp remove-static 9-12 IGMP C onfiguration Default s If  not  specified,  the  static  entry  will  be  created  and  not  modified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  add  port  fe. 1.3  to  the  IGMP  group [...]

  • Page 469

    show igmp protocols Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-13 show igmp protocols Use  this  command  to  display  the  binding  of  IP  protocol  id  to  IGM P  classification. Synt ax show igmp protocols Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Exampl[...]

  • Page 470

    Configuring IGMP clear igmp protocols 9-14 IGMP C onfiguration Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  change  IGMP  routing  protocols  to  a  protocol  id  of  3: Matrix(rw)->set igmp protocols class ification 2 protocol-id 3 modify cl[...]

  • Page 471

    show igmp reporters Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-15 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  igmp  information  for  vlan  12: Matrix(rw)->show igmp vlan 12 IGMP Vlan 12 Info IGMP query state : Enable d QueryInterval(sec.) : 125 Status : Active IGMP Version : 2 Quer[...]

  • Page 472

    Configuring IGMP show igmp flows 9-16 IGMP C onfiguration lag.0.2 239.255.12.43 1 Any 253 DYNAMIC lag.0.2 239.255.255.250 1 Any 255 DYNAMIC lag.0.2 239.255.255.250 20 Any 249 DYNAMIC lag.0.4 235.80.68.83 20 Any 237 DYNAMIC lag.0.4 239.255.255.250 20 Any 243 DYNAMIC show igmp flows Use  this  command  to  display  IGMP  flow  in[...]

  • Page 473

    show igmp number-grou ps Configuring IGMP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 9-17 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  IGMP  counters: Matrix(rw)->show igmp counters Igmp Counters: Igmp Group Table is Full : false Igmp Version [...]

  • Page 474

    Configuring IGMP show igmp number-groups 9-18 IGMP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  number  of  multicast  groups  supported  by  the  device. Matrix(rw)->show igmp number-groups IGMP current max number of groups = 4096 IGMP stored max number of groups = 4 096[...]

  • Page 475

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-1 10 System Logging Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  system  logging  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring System Logging Purpose To  display  and  configure  system  logging,  including  Sysl og  server  setting s, ?[...]

  • Page 476

    Configuring System Logging show logging all 10-2 System Logging Co nfiguration show logging all Use  this  command  to  display  all  configuration  information  for  system  logging. Synt ax show logging all Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  show[...]

  • Page 477

    show logging ser ver Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-3 1 80.80.80.252 local7 debugging( 8) N-Series 514 enabled Defaults: local4 debugging( 8) 514 Syslog Console Logging enabled Syslog File Logging disabled Ta b l e 1 0 ‐ 1  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  outpu[...]

  • Page 478

    Configuring System Logging set logging server 10-4 System Logging Co nfiguration Default s If  index  is  not  specif ied,  all  Syslo g  server  inf ormation  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  Syslog  serv er  co[...]

  • Page 479

    clear logging server Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-5 Default s •I f  ip ‐ addr  is  not  specifie d,  an  entry  in  the  Syslog  server  table  will  be  created  with  the  specifie d  index  number  and  a  message  will[...]

  • Page 480

    Configuring System Logging set logging default 10-6 System Logging Co nfiguration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  command  shows  how  to  display  the  Syslog  serv er  default  va l u e s .  For  an  explanation  of  the  command  output,  refer  b[...]

  • Page 481

    clear logging default Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  Syslog  default  facility  name  to  local2  and  the  se verity  level  to  4  (error  logging):  Matrix(rw)->set logging defa[...]

  • Page 482

    Configuring System Logging show logging application 10-8 System Logging Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Mnemonics  will  var y  depe nding  on  the  number  and  types  of  applications  running  on  your  system.  To  display  a  complete  list,  us e [...]

  • Page 483

    set logging application Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 10-9 90 SNMP 6 1-8 1(emergencies) 2(alerts) 3(cr itical) 4(errors) 5(warnings) 6(no tifications) 7(information) 8(debugging) Ta b l e 1 0 ‐ 2  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. set logging application Us[...]

  • Page 484

    Configuring System Logging set logging application 10-10 System Logg ing Configuration Default s •I f  level  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  server  is  not  specified,  messages  will  be  sent  to  all  Syslog  serv ers. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i[...]

  • Page 485

    clear logging application Con figuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 10-11 clear logging application Use  this  command  to  reset  the  logging  sev erity  lev el  for  one  or  all  applic ations  to  the  default  va l ue  of  6  (notifications [...]

  • Page 486

    Configuring System Logging set logging local 10-12 System Logg ing Configuration set logging local Use  this  command  to  configure  log  messages  to  the  console  and  a  persistent  file. Synt ax set logging local console { enable | disable } file { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switc[...]

  • Page 487

    set logging here Configuring System Logging Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 10-13 set logging here Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  current  CLI  session  as  a  Sy slog  destinat ion.  Synt ax set logging here { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Sw[...]

  • Page 488

    Configuring System Logging show logging buffer 10-14 System Logg ing Configuration show logging buffer Use  this  command  to  display  the  last  256  messages  logge d  on  all  blades. Synt ax show logging buffer Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  exa[...]

  • Page 489

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-1 11 Network Monitoring Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  Network  Monitoring  comm ands  and  how  to  use  them.  Monitoring Network Event s and S t atus Purpose To  display  switch  ev ents  and  command  history ,  to  set ?[...]

  • Page 490

    Monitoring Network Events and Status show history 11-2 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage The  command  history  buffer  includes  all  the  switch  commands  entered  up  to  a  maximum  of  50,  as  specified  i[...]

  • Page 491

    set history Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-3 set history Use  this  command  to  set  the  size  of  the  history  buffer . Synt ax set history size [ default ] Parameters Default s If  default  is  not  specified,  the  history  settin[...]

  • Page 492

    Monitoring Network Events and Status ping 11-4 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  statistics  for  all  the  current  activ e  network  connections: Matrix(rw)->show netstat Active Internet connections (includi ng servers) PCB Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address [...]

  • Page 493

    ping Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-5 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Examples Matrix(rw) ‐ >ping  134.141.89.29This  example  shows  how  to  ping  IP  address  134.141.89.29.  In  this  case,  this  host  is  al[...]

  • Page 494

    Monitoring Network Events and Status show users 11-6 Network Mo nitoring Configuration show users Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  the  active  console  port  or  Te l n e t  session(s)  logged  in  to  the  switch. Synt ax show users Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Swi[...]

  • Page 495

    disconnect Monitoring Network Events and Status Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  tell  all  users  about  a  system  reset: Matrix(rw)->tell all system reset sc heduled for 1 p.m. today disconnect Use  this  command  to  close  an [...]

  • Page 496

    Configuring SMON show smon priority 11-8 Network Mo nitoring Configuration Configuring SMON Purpose To  configure  SMON  (Switched  Network  Monitoring)  on  the  device. Commands show smon priority Use  this  command  to  display  SMON  user  priority  stati stics.  SMON  generate s  aggrega[...]

  • Page 497

    set smon priority Configuring SMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 11-9 ------------------------ Interface = ge.3.14 Owner = none Creation = 0 days 0 hours 6 minutes 39 seconds Status = enabled -------------------- Priority 0 Packets Octe ts ---------- Total 7981308 2332 402460 Overflow 0 0 set smon priority Use  this  c[...]

  • Page 498

    Configuring SMON show smon vlan 11-10 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  priorit y  statistics  will  be  cleared  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  clear  SMON  prior[...]

  • Page 499

    set smon vlan Configuring SMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-11 Status = enabled -------------------- VLAN 1 Packets Octets Total 8011072 2070785503 Overflow 0 0 NonUnicast 0 0 NonUnicast Overflow 0 0 set smon vlan Use  this  command  to  create,  start,  or  stop  SNMP  VLAN ‐ related  sta[...]

  • Page 500

    Configuring SMON clear smon vlan 11-12 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  VLAN  statistics  counting  configurations  will  be  cleared  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how[...]

  • Page 501

    clear smon vlan Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-13 Configuring RMON RMON Monitoring Group Functions and Commands RMON  (Remote  Network  Monitoring)  provides  comprehensiv e  networ k  fault  diagnosis,  planning,  and  performance  tuning  information  and  all[...]

  • Page 502

    Configuring RMON clear smon vlan 11-14 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Host Records statistics assoc iated with each host discovered on the network. Host address, packets and bytes received and transmitted, and broadcast, multicast and error packet s. show rmon host (“ show rmon host ” on page 1 1 -27) set rmon host properties (“ se t rmon [...]

  • Page 503

    show rmon stats Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-15 show rmon st ats Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  statistics  measured  for  one  or  more  ports.  Synt ax show rmon stats [ port-string ] [ wide ] [ bysize ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is ?[...]

  • Page 504

    Configuring RMON show rmon stats 11-16 Networ k Monitoring Configuration T able 1 1-3 show rmon st at s Output Det ails Output... W hat it displays... Port Port designatio n. Owner Name of the entity that configured thi s entry . Mon itor is default. Data Source Data source of t he statistics being displayed. Drop Events T otal number of time s tha[...]

  • Page 505

    set rmon stats Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-17 set rmon st at s Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  statistics  entry . Synt ax set rmon stats index port-string [ ow ner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  not  spec ified,  monitor  will  be  app[...]

  • Page 506

    Configuring RMON show rmon history 11-18 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  RMON  statistics  entry  2: Matrix(rw)->clear rmon stats 2 show rmon history Use  this  command  to  display  RMON [...]

  • Page 507

    set rmon history Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-19 Sample 2304 Interval Start: 0 d ays 19 hours 11 minutes 35 seconds Drop Events = 0 Undersize Pkts = 0 Octets = 0 Oversize Pkts = 0 Packets = 0 Fragments = 0 Broadcast Pkts = 0 Jabbers = 0 Multicast Pkts = 0 Collisions = 0 CRC Align Errors = 0 Utilization(%[...]

  • Page 508

    Configuring RMON show rmon alarm 11-20 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  RMON  history  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->clear rmon history 1 show rmon alarm Use  this  command  to  display  RM[...]

  • Page 509

    set rmon alarm properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-21 Sample Type = delta Startup Alarm = rising Interval = 30 Value = 0 Rising Threshold = 1 Falling Threshold = 0 Rising Event Index = 2 Falling Event Index = 0 Ta b l e 1 1 ‐ 4  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  outp[...]

  • Page 510

    Configuring RMON set rmon alarm status 11-22 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Default s •i n t e r v a l ‐  3600  seconds •t y p e ‐  absolute •s t a r t u p ‐ risin g •r t h r e s h ‐  0 •f t h r e s h ‐ 0 •r e v e n t ‐ 0 • fevent ‐ 0 •o w n e r ‐ monitor Mode Swi[...]

  • Page 511

    clear rmon alarm Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-23 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage An  RMON  alarm  entry  can  be  created  using  this  command,  configured  using  the  set  rmon  alarm  properties  comm[...]

  • Page 512

    Configuring RMON show rmon event 11-24 Networ k Monitoring Configuration show rmon event Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  event  entry  properties. Synt ax show rmon event [ index ] Parameters Default s If  index  is  not  specif ied,  information  about  all  RMON  entries  will  be ?[...]

  • Page 513

    set rmon event properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-25 set rmon event properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  event  entry ,  or  to  create  a  new  event  entry  with  an  unused  event  index  number .  Synt ax set rm[...]

  • Page 514

    Configuring RMON clear rmon event 11-26 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage An  RMON  event  entry  can  be  created  using  this  command,  configured  using  the  set  rmon  event  properties  command  (“ set [...]

  • Page 515

    show rmon host Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-27 show rmon host Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  properties  and  statistics  associated  with  each  host  discovere d  on  the  network. Synt ax show rmon host [ port-string ] [ address | creation ] Para[...]

  • Page 516

    Configuring RMON set rmon host properties 11-28 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Out Octets 136 Broadcast Pkts 0 Multicast Pkts 0 set rmon host properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  host  entry .  Synt ax set rmon host properties index port- string [ owner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  [...]

  • Page 517

    clear rmon host Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-29 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  host  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon host status 1 e nable clear rmon host Use  this  command  to  delete  an  RMON  host  entry . Synt ax clear rmon [...]

  • Page 518

    Configuring RMON show rmon topN 11-30 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  RMON  To p N  properties  and  statistics.  A  control  entry  displays  first,  followed  by  actual  entries  corresponding  to  the  control  entry[...]

  • Page 519

    set rmon topN properties Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-31 set rmon topN properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  topN  entry  (report). Synt ax set rmon topn properties index [ hind ex hindex ] [ rate { inpackets | outpackets | inoctets | outoctets | errors | bcas[...]

  • Page 520

    Configuring RMON clear rmon topN 11-32 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  To p N  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon topN status 1 e nable clear rmon topN Use  this  command  to  delet[...]

  • Page 521

    show rmon matrix Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-33 Parameters Default s •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  information  about  all  ports  wi ll  be  display ed. •I f  not  specified,  information  about  source  and  destination  addre[...]

  • Page 522

    Configuring RMON set rmon matrix properties 11-34 Networ k Monitoring Configuration set rmon matrix properties Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  matrix  entry . Synt ax set rmon matrix properties index por t-string [ owner ] Parameters Default s If  owner  is  not  spec ified,  monitor  will  [...]

  • Page 523

    clear rmon matrix Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  RMON  matrix  entry  1: Matrix(rw)->set rmon matrix status 1 enable clear rmon matrix Use  this  command  to  delete [...]

  • Page 524

    Configuring RMON set rmon channel 11-36 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RMON  channel  information  for  fe .2.12: Matrix(rw)->show rmon channel fe.2.1 2 Port fe.2.12 Channel index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ------------------------------------ ---------------------- Co[...]

  • Page 525

    clear rmon channel Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-37 Default s •I f  an  action  is  not  specif ied,  packets  will  be  accepted  on  filter  matches. •I f  not  specified,  contr ol  will  be  set  to  off . •I f  onevent  and  o[...]

  • Page 526

    Configuring RMON set rmon filter 11-38 Networ k Monitoring Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  information  for  all  filter  entries  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  RMON [...]

  • Page 527

    clear rmon filter Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-39 Default s •I f  owner  is  not  specif ied,  it  will  be  set  to  monitor .  •I f  no  other  options  are  specifie d,  none  (0)  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ?[...]

  • Page 528

    Configuring RMON show rmo n capture 11-40 Networ k Monitoring Configuration show rmon capture Use  this  command  to  display  RMON  capture  entries  and  associated  buffer  control  entries. Synt ax show rmon capture [ index ] [ nodata ] Parameters Default s If  no  options  are  specified,  all[...]

  • Page 529

    set rmon capture Configuring RMON Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 11-41 set rmon capture Use  this  command  to  configure  an  RMON  capture  entry ,  or  to  enable  or  disable  an  existing  ent ry . Synt ax set rmon capture index { channel [ act ion { lock | wrap }] [ slice [...]

  • Page 530

    Configuring RMON clear rmon capture 11-42 Networ k Monitoring Configuration clear rmon capture Use  this  command  to  clears  an  RMON  capture  entry . Synt ax clear rmon capture index Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear [...]

  • Page 531

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-1 12 Network Address and Route Management Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  switch ‐ related  netw ork  address  and  route  management  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Purpose To  displa[...]

  • Page 532

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show arp 12-2 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration show arp Use  this  command  to  display  the  switch’ s  ARP  table. Synt ax show arp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  t[...]

  • Page 533

    set arp Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-3 set arp Use  this  command  to  add  mapping  entries  to  the  switch’ s  ARP  table. Synt ax set arp ip-address mac-address [{ tem p | pub | trail }] Parameters Default s •I f  temp  is  not[...]

  • Page 534

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show rad 12-4 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  delete  entry  10.1.10.10  from  the  ARP  table: Matrix(rw)->clear arp 10.1.10.10 show [...]

  • Page 535

    show ip route Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-5 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device  uses  BOOTP/DHCP  to  obtain  an  IP  address  if  one  hasn’ t  been  [...]

  • Page 536

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes traceroute 12-6 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration traceroute Use  this  command  to  display  a  hop ‐ by ‐ hop  path  through  an  IP  network  from  the  device  to  a  specific  destination  host.  Synt ax traceroute [ -[...]

  • Page 537

    traceroute Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-7 Default s •I f  not  specified,  waittime  will  be  set  to  5  seconds. •I f  not  specified,  first ‐ tt l  will  be  set  to  1  second. •I f  not  specified,  [...]

  • Page 538

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set ip route 12-8 Network Add ress and Route Management Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  traceroute  to  display  a  round  trip  path  to  host  192.167.252.17.  In  this  case,  hop  1  is  the  Enterasys  [...]

  • Page 539

    show port mac Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 12-9 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  default  ga teway: Matrix(rw)->clear ip route default show port mac Use  this  [...]

  • Page 540

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes show mac 12-10 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration show mac Use  this  command  to  display  the  timeout  period  for  aging  learned  MAC  addr esses,  and  to  show  MAC  addresses  in  the  switch’ s  filtering  data[...]

  • Page 541

    set mac Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-11 Matrix(rw)->show mac port-string fe. 1.3 MAC Address FID Port Type Status ----------------- ---- ------------- ------- ------- 00-01-F4-32-88-C5 0 fe.1.3 self 00-00-1D-12-11-88 3 fe.1.3 mgmt perm Ta b l e 1 2 ‐ 3  provides  an[...]

  • Page 542

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes clear mac 12-12 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  defined  with  the  set  mac  multicast  command,  then  it  will  apply  to  all  ports.  If  the  set  mac  unicast  command [...]

  • Page 543

    show newaddrtraps Managing Switch Ne twork Addresses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-13 Parameters None. Default s None,  except  those  noted  abov e. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  MAC  timeout  period: [...]

  • Page 544

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set newaddrtraps 12-14 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  status  of  MAC  address  traps  on  ge.1.1  through  3: Matrix(rw)->show newaddrtrap New Address Traps Globally disabled Port E[...]

  • Page 545

    set movedaddrtrap Managing Switch Network Addre sses and Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 12-15 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  MAC  addres s  traps  for  all  ports  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  [...]

  • Page 546

    Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes set movedaddrtrap 12-16 Networ k Address and Route Management Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  MAC  address  traps: Matrix(rw)->set movedaddrtrap enable[...]

  • Page 547

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-1 13 SNTP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  Simple  Netw ork  Time  Protocol  (SNTP)  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring Simple Network T ime Protocol (SNTP) Purpose To  configure  the  Simple  Network  Time  Prot[...]

  • Page 548

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) show sntp 13-2 SNTP Con figuration show sntp Use  this  command  to  display  SNTP  client  settings. Synt ax show sntp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  SNTP  client ?[...]

  • Page 549

    set sntp clien t Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-3 set sntp client Use  this  command  to  set  the  SNTP  operation  mode. Synt ax set sntp client { broadcast | unicast | disab le } Parameters Default s None. Client Mode Whether SNTP client is operatin[...]

  • Page 550

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear sntp client 13-4 SNTP Con figuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  SNTP  in  broadcast  mode: Matrix(rw)->set sntp client broadcas t clear sntp client Use  this  command  to  clear  the[...]

  • Page 551

    clear sntp server C onfiguring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-5 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  serv er  at  IP  address  10.21.1.100  as  an  SNTP  serv er: Matrix(rw)->set sntp server 10.21.1. 100 clear sntp server Use ?[...]

  • Page 552

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear sntp broadcast delay 13-6 SNTP Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  SNTP  broadcast  delay  to  12000  microseconds: Matrix(rw)->set sntp broadcastdelay 12000 clear sntp broadcast delay Use  this  command  to  clear ?[...]

  • Page 553

    clear sntp poll-interval Configuring Simple Net work Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-7 clear sntp poll-interval Use  this  command  to  clear  the  poll  interval  betw een  unicast  SNTP  requests. Synt ax clear sntp poll-interval Parameters None. Default s None. Mode S[...]

  • Page 554

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) set sntp poll-timeout 13-8 SNTP Con figuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  number  of  SNTP  poll  retries: Matrix(rw)->clear sntp poll-retry set sntp poll-timeo[...]

  • Page 555

    show timezone Config uring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 13-9 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  SNTP  poll  timeout:  Matrix(rw)->clear sntp poll-timeout show timezone Use  this  comman[...]

  • Page 556

    Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) clear timezone 13-10 SNTP Co nfiguration Default s If  offset  hours  or  minutes  are  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  time  zone  to[...]

  • Page 557

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-1 14 Node Alias Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  node  alias  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring Node Aliases Purpose To  review ,  configure,  disable  and  re ‐ enable  node  (port)  alias  functionality , ?[...]

  • Page 558

    Configuring Node Aliases show nodealias mac 14-2 Node Alias Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  properties  will  be  dis played  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Usage Node  aliases  are  dynamically  assigned  upon  p[...]

  • Page 559

    show nodealias mac Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-3 Parameters Default s •I f  protocol  is  not  specified ,  node  alias  entri es  for  all  protocols  will  be  displayed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  e[...]

  • Page 560

    Configuring Node Aliases show nodealias protocol 14-4 Node Alias Con figuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  node  alias  entries  for  BPDU  traffic  on  MAC  address es  beginning  with  00 ‐ e0.  Refer  back  to  Ta b l e 1 4 ‐ 1  for  a  description ?[...]

  • Page 561

    show nodealias config Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-5 Parameters Default s •I f  ip ‐ address  is  not  specified  for  the  IP  protocol,  IP ‐ related  entries  will  be  displayed  from  all  source  addresses. •I f  port ‐ string [...]

  • Page 562

    Configuring Node Aliases set nodealias 14-6 Node Alias Con figuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  node  alias  configurations  will  be  displ ayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  node  [...]

  • Page 563

    set nodealias maxentries Configuring Node Aliases Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 14-7 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Upon  packet  reception,  node  al iases  are  dynamically  assigned  to  ports  enabled  with  an  alias  agent,  which  [...]

  • Page 564

    Configuring Node Aliases clear nodealias config 14-8 Node Alias Con figuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  node  alias  entries  on  fe.1.3: Matrix(rw)->clear nodealias port-str ing fe.1.3 clear nodealias config Use[...]

  • Page 565

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-1 15 NetFlow Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  NetFlow  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Configuring NetFlow NetFlow  is  a  protocol  developed  for  collecting  IP  traffic  information.  Network  devices  (switches[...]

  • Page 566

    Configuring NetFlow 15-2 NetF low Configuration •I t  has  accumulated  the  maximum  number  of  NetFlow  records  per  packet,  which  is  30,  or  •I t  has  accumulated  fewer  than  30  NetFlow  records  and  the  activ e  flow  timer  has  exp ired, [...]

  • Page 567

    show netflow Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-3 show net flow Use  this  command  to  display  NetFlow  configuration  information  and/or  statistics. Synt ax show netflow [ config [ port-string ]] [ statistics [ export ]] Parameters Default s If  config  is  entered ?[...]

  • Page 568

    Configuring NetFlow set netflow cache 15-4 NetF low Configuration Export Interval: 30 (min) Number of Entries: 196607 Inactive Timer: 40 (sec) Template Refresh-rate: 20 (packets) Template Timeout: 30 (min) Enabled Ports: ----------------- ge.1.11,23 set net flow cache Use  this  command  to  enable  (create)  or  disable  (f[...]

  • Page 569

    set netflow export-destination Configuring N etFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-5 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  this  command  is  executed,  NetFlow  is  effectiv ely  disabled  on  the  system. Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 570

    Configuring NetFlow se t netflow export-interval 15-6 NetF low Configuration Parameters Default s Since  only  one  collector  address  per  Enterasys  Matrix  system  is  supported,  entering  the  IP  address  and  UDP  port  information  is  not  required.  Executing  this  [...]

  • Page 571

    clear netflow export-interval Configuring N etFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-7 clear net flow export-interval Use  this  command  to  clear  NetFlow  export  interv al  to  its  def ault  of  30  minutes. Synt ax clear netflow export-interval Parameters None. Default s None. Mode[...]

  • Page 572

    Configuring NetFlow clear netflow port 15-8 NetF low Configuration clear net flow port Use  this  command  to  return  a  port  to  the  default  NetFlow  collection  state  of  disabled. Synt ax clear netflow port port-string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examp[...]

  • Page 573

    clear netflow export-version Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 15-9 Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  flow  record  format  to  Ve r s i o n  9: Matrix(rw)->set netflow export-versi on 9 clear net flow export-version Use  this  command  to  ret[...]

  • Page 574

    Configuring NetFlow set netflow template 15-10 NetF low Configuration Parameters Default s At  least  one  of  the  ref resh ‐ rate  or  ti meout  parameters  must  be  specified,  although  both  can  be  specified  on  one  command  line. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e [...]

  • Page 575

    clear netflow template Configuring NetFlow Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 15-11 clear net flow template Use  this  command  to  reset  the  Ve r s i o n  9  template  refresh  rate  and/or  timeout  va l u es  to  their  default  val u e s. Synt ax clear netflow template {[ r[...]

  • Page 576

    Configuring NetFlow clear netflow template 15-12 NetF low Configuration[...]

  • Page 577

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-1 16 IP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Internet  Protocol  (IP)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring Routing Interface Settings About Loopback V ers us VLAN Interfaces Loopback  interfaces  ar[...]

  • Page 578

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings show interface 16-2 IP Configuration For  details  on  how  to  enable  all  router  CLI  configuration  modes,  refer  back  to  Ta b l e 2 ‐ 9 . For  details  on  configur ing  routing  protocols,  refer  to  Chapter 21 . Purpose To  enab[...]

  • Page 579

    interface Configuring Routing Inter face Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-3 Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  information  for  all  interfaces  configured  on  the  router .  In  this  case,  one ?[...]

  • Page 580

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings ip ecm-forwarding-algorithm 16-4 IP Configuration details  on  configur ation  modes  supported  by  the  Enterasys  Matr ix  Series  device  and  their  uses,  refer  to  Ta b l e 2 ‐ 9  in  “ Enabling  Router  Configuration  Mod es ”  on[...]

  • Page 581

    show ip interfac e Configuring Routing Interface Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-5 show ip interface Use  this  command  to  display  information,  including  administrativ e  status,  IP  address,  MTU  (Maximum  T ransmission  Unit)  size  and  bandwidth,  and[...]

  • Page 582

    Configuring Routing Interface Settings ip address 16-6 IP Configuration ip address Use  this  command  to  set,  remove,  or  disable  a  primary  or  secondary  IP  address  for  an  interface.  Synt ax ip address ip-address ip-mask [ secondary ] no ip address ip-address ip-mask Parameters Default[...]

  • Page 583

    no shutdown C onfiguring Routing Interface Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-7 Usage Each  Enterasys  Mat rix  Series  routing  module  or  standalone  device  supports  up  to  96  routing  interfaces,  with  up  to  50  secondary  addresses  (200  ma[...]

  • Page 584

    Managing Router Configuration Files show running-config 16-8 IP Configuration Managing Router Configuration Files Each  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  de vice  provides  a  single  configuration  interface  which  allows  you  to  perform  both  switch  and  router  config uration  with  th[...]

  • Page 585

    write Managing Router Configuration Files Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 16-9 ip address 192.168.100.1 255.255.2 55.255 no shutdown ! interface vlan 10 ip address 99.99.2.10 255.255.255. 0 no shutdown ! router ospf 1 network 99.99.2.0 0.0.0.255 ar ea 0.0.0.0 network 192.168.100.1 0.0.0.0 area 0.0.0.0 write Use  this  co[...]

  • Page 586

    Managing Router Configuration Files no ip routing 16-10 IP Configura tion interface vlan 2 iP Address 182.127.62.1 255.255.255 .0 no shutdown exit router rip network 182.127.0.0 exit disable exit no ip routing Use  this  command  to  disable  IP  routing  on  the  device  and  remov e  the  routi ng  config[...]

  • Page 587

    no ip routing Performing a Basic Router Configuration Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-11 Performing a Basic Router Configuration Using Router-Only Config Files Although  the  Enterasys  Matr ix  Series’  single  configuration  interface  provides  one  set  of  commands  to  perfo[...]

  • Page 588

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table show ip arp 16-12 IP Configura tion 2. Copy  the  config  file  to  a  place  where  it  can  be  edited  with  a  file  editing  program. 3. If  you  only  wa n t  the  router  config,  delete  all  the  non ‐ routing  config [...]

  • Page 589

    show ip arp Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-13 Parameters Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  entries  in  the  ARP  cache  will  be  displayed.  Mode Any  route r  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to [...]

  • Page 590

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table arp 16-14 IP Configura tion arp Use  this  command  to  add  or  remove  perman ent  (static)  ARP  table  entries.  Synt ax arp ip-address mac-address arpa no arp ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro[...]

  • Page 591

    ip gratuitous-arp Reviewin g and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-15 ip gratuitous-arp Use  this  command  to  override  the  normal  ARP  updating  process,  that  occurs  by  default. Synt ax ip gratuitous-arp { ignore | reply | request } no ip gratuitous-arp[...]

  • Page 592

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table ip proxy-arp 16-16 IP Configura tion Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage This  command  will  be  in  effect  if  the  i p  gratui tous ‐ arp  ignore  command  (“ ip  gratuitous ‐ arp ”[...]

  • Page 593

    ip mac-address Reviewin g and Configuring the ARP Table Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-17 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  pro xy  ARPMatrix>Router(config)#interf ace  vlan  1  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip proxy-arp ip mac-address Use  this  [...]

  • Page 594

    Reviewing and Configuring the ARP Table clear arp-cache 16-18 IP Configura tion Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage The  device  can  support  up  to  2000  outstanding  unresolved  ARP  en tries. The  “no”  form  of  th[...]

  • Page 595

    ip directed-broadcast Configuring Broadcast Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-19 Configuring Broadcast Settings Applying DHCP/BOOTP Relay DHCP/BOOTP  relay  functionality  is  applied  with  the  help  of  IP  broadcast  forw arding.  A  typical  situation  occurs  when[...]

  • Page 596

    Configuring Broadcast Settings ip forward-pr otocol 16-20 IP Configura tion Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  IP  directed  broadcast  globally . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  IP  directed  broadcasts  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config)#interfac[...]

  • Page 597

    ip helper-address Configuring Broadcast Settings Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-21 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  forw arding  of  Domain  Naming  System  UDP  datagrams  (port  53): Matrix>Router(config)#ip forward-pro tocol udp 53 ip helper-address Use  this[...]

  • Page 598

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes show ip protocols 16-22 IP Configura tion Reviewing IP T raffic and Configuring Routes Purpose To  review  IP  protocol  information  about  the  device,  to  review  IP  traffic  and  configure  routes,  to  enable  and  send  router  ICMP  ([...]

  • Page 599

    show ip traffic Reviewing IP Tr affic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-23 Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  IP  protocol  information.  In  this  case,  the  routing  protocol  is  RIP  (Routing  Information  Protocol).  For  [...]

  • Page 600

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes clear ip stats 16-24 IP Configura tion Frags: 0 reassembled, 0 timeouts 0 couldn't reassemble 0 fragmented, 0 c ouldn't fragment Bcast: 1 received, 8 sent Mcast: 0 received, 16 sent Sent: 24 generated, 0 forwarded 0 no route ICMP Statistics: Rcvd: 4 total, 0 checksum error s, 0 redirects, 0 unre[...]

  • Page 601

    show ip route Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-25 Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  IP  traffic  counters: Matrix>Router#clear ip stats show ip route Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  IP  rout[...]

  • Page 602

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes ip route 16-26 IP Configura tion Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  IP  route  information.  In  this  case,  there  ar e  routes  directly  connected  to  VLANs  1  and  2,  two  stati c  routes  connected [...]

  • Page 603

    ip icmp Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-27 Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  IP  address  10.1.2.3  as  the  next  hop  gateway  to  de stination  address  10.0.0.0.  The  route  is  assigned  a  tag ?[...]

  • Page 604

    Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes ping 16-28 IP Configura tion ping Use  this  command  to  test  routing  network  connectivity  by  sending  IP  ping  requests.  Synt ax ping ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage The  [...]

  • Page 605

    traceroute Reviewing IP Traffic and Configuring Routes Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-29 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage Three  ICMP  probes  will  be  transmitted  for  each  hop  between  the  source  and  the [...]

  • Page 606

    Configuring Debug IP Packet debug ip packet access-group 16-30 IP Configura tion Configuring Debug IP Packet Purpose Debug  IP  packet  is  an  IP  based  packet  monitor  that  allows  for  the  monitoring  of  all  IP  traffic  receiv ed  and  transmitted  from  an  N ‐ Series[...]

  • Page 607

    debug ip packet restart Configuring Debug IP Packet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-31 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Router  Exec:  Matrix>Router# Usage •T o o  high  a  throttle  or  limit  va l u e  may  requir e  a  second [...]

  • Page 608

    Configuring Debug IP Packet show debugging 16-32 IP Configura tion Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Router  Exec:  Matrix>Router# Usage By  default,  30  packet  will  be  display  and  then  the  packet  monitor  wil l [...]

  • Page 609

    no debug ip packet Configuring Debug IP Packet Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 16-33 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Router(config)# Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  the  debug  IP  packet  utility: Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Page 610

    Configuring Debug IP Packet no debug ip packet 16-34 IP Configura tion[...]

  • Page 611

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-1 17 PIM Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Protocol  Independent  Multicast  (PIM)  configura tion  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring PIM Purpose To  review  and  configure  Protocol  Independent [...]

  • Page 612

    Configuring PIM ip pim sparse mode 17-2 PIM Configuration ip pim sp arse mode Use  this  command  to  enable  Protocol  Independent  Multicast  (PIM)  Sparse  Mode  (SM)  on  a  routing  interface. Synt ax ip pim sparse-mode no ip pim sparse-mode Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command, [...]

  • Page 613

    ip pim dr-priority Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-3 Parameters Default s •A  hash ‐ mask ‐ length  va l ue  of  30  will  be  automatically  applied. •I f  priority  is  not  specified,  1  wil l  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  Interface [...]

  • Page 614

    Configuring PIM ip pim rp-address 17-4 PIM Configuration Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  the  DR  functionality . Example This  example  sets  the  DR  priority  to  20 ?[...]

  • Page 615

    ip pim rp-candidate Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-5 ip pim rp-candidate Use  this  command  to  enable  the  router  to  advertise  itself  as  a  PIM  candidate  rendezvous  point  (RP)  to  the  BSR.  Synt ax ip pim rp-candidate pim-interface gr[...]

  • Page 616

    Configuring PIM show ip pim interface 17-6 PIM Configuration Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  BootStrap  Router  (BSR)  information: Matrix>Router#show ip pim bsr PIMv2 Elected Bootstrap Router Infor mation: BSR Address: 10.0.0.1 Bsr[...]

  • Page 617

    show ip pim neighbo r Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-7 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  informatio n  about  all  PIM  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 618

    Configuring PIM show ip pim rp 17-8 PIM Configuration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  informatio n  about  all  PIM  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  PIM  neighbor  i[...]

  • Page 619

    show ip pim rp Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 17-9 Parameters Default s If  no  optional  parameters  are  spe cified,  all  active  RP s  will  be  di splayed. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Examples This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 620

    Configuring PIM show ip pim rp-hash 17-10 PIM Configura tion show ip pim rp-hash Use  this  command  to  display  the  rendezvous  point  (RP)  that  is  being  selected  for  a  specified  group. Synt ax show ip pim rp-hash group-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privile[...]

  • Page 621

    show ip mforward Configuring PIM Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 17-11 Example This  example  shows  a  portion  of  the  IP  multicast  routing  table  display .  In  thi s  case,  it  shows  there  are  nine  source  PIM  sparse  mode  (PIMSM)  multic[...]

  • Page 622

    Configuring PIM show ip rpf 17-12 PIM Configura tion Example This  example  shows  a  porti on  of  the  IP  multicast  forw arding  table  display: Matrix>Router#show ip mforward IP Multicast Forwarding Table 1 of 8: (63.63.100.1/32, 225.1.2.3) Sources: 63.63.100.1 Incoming interface: Vlan-999 Outgoing interface[...]

  • Page 623

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-1 18 Network Address T ranslation (NA T) Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Network  Address  T ranslation  (NA T)  conf iguration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Configuring Network Address T ranslation (NA T) The  En[...]

  • Page 624

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) 18-2 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration NA T  wor k s  with  DNS  by  having  the  DNS  Application  Specific  Gatew ay  (ALG)  translate  an  address  that  appears  in  a  Domain  Name  System  response  to  a  na[...]

  • Page 625

    ip nat Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-3 ip nat Use  this  command  to  enable  NA T  on  this  interf ace. Synt ax ip nat { inside | outside } no ip nat { inside | outside } Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configurat[...]

  • Page 626

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat inside source list 18-4 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration Parameters Default s If  no  netmask  or  prefix ‐ length  is  specif ied,  all  addresses  in  the  range  are  used. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matr[...]

  • Page 627

    ip nat inside source static (NAT) Confi guring Network Address Tra nslation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-5 Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x ‐ >Router(conf ig)# Usage Pa c k e ts  from  addres ses  that  match  those  on  the  specified  access  l[...]

  • Page 628

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat inside source st atic (NAPT) 18-6 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration ip nat inside source st atic (NAPT) Use  this  command  to  enable  static  NAPT  translation  of  inside  source  addresses. Synt ax ip nat inside source static { tcp | udp } loca [...]

  • Page 629

    ip nat secure-plus Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-7 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x ‐ >Router(conf ig)# Usage The  no  ver s io n  of  the  command  resets  the  FTP  control  port  to ?[...]

  • Page 630

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) ip nat translation max-entries 18-8 Network Add ress Translation (NAT) Configuration ip nat translation max- entries Use  this  command  to  configure  the  maximum  number  of  translation  entries. Synt ax ip nat translation max-entries numbe r no ip nat translation max-e[...]

  • Page 631

    show ip nat translatio ns Configuri ng Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 18-9 Default s If  seconds  is  not  specif ied,  see  the  parameter  ta ble  above  fo r  the  default  va l u e . Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matri x[...]

  • Page 632

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) show ip nat statistics 18-10 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation tcp 81.1.1.1:1030 172. 111.1.4:50025 DynOver 3 tcp 81.1.1.1:1031 172. 111.1.4:50026 DynOver 3 tcp 81.1.1.1:1032 172. 111.1.4:50027 DynOver 1 tcp 81.1.1.1:1033 172. 111.1.4:50028 DynOver 1 tcp 81.1.1.1:1034 172. 111.1.4:50029 [...]

  • Page 633

    show ip nat statistics Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-11 Examples This  example  displays  the  NA T  statistics  for  this  router: Matrix->Router(config)#show ip nat s tatistics Nat current status: Active Nat secure plus: Disable Total translations:[...]

  • Page 634

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) clear ip nat translation 18-12 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation access-list 35 refcount 28 pool vlan 3000: netmask 0.0.0.0 start 85.1.1.1 end 85.1.1.1 type napt, total addresses 1, allo cated 1, max_ports 32000, used_ports 28 ( 0%) , misses 0 clear ip nat translation Use  this  co[...]

  • Page 635

    clear ip nat translation inside (NAPT) Confi guring Netw ork Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-13 Usage This  command  clears  an  active  translation.  Use  the  no  ip  nat  inside  source  static  command  to  delete  a  static  NA T  con[...]

  • Page 636

    Configuring Network Address Translation (NAT) set router lim its (NAT) 18-14 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation set router limit s (NA T) Use  this  command  to  set  NA T  configuration  limits. Synt ax set router limits { nat-bindings nat- bindings | nat-cache nat-cache | nat-dynamic-configs nat-dynamic-configs[...]

  • Page 637

    show router limits (NAT) Configuri ng Network Address Tra nslation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-15 Example This  example  sets  the  maximum  NA T  cache  size  to  1000 :  Matrix(rw)->set router limits nat-ca che 1000 show router limit s (NA T) Use  this  command  to  d[...]

  • Page 638

    Configuring Network Address Translati on (NAT) clear router limits (NAT) 18-16 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation Route Table Limit - 12000 (default) TWCB maximum Bindings - 32000 (default) TWCB Cache size - 2000 (default) TWCB maximum Configs - 1 (default) This  example  displays  the  NA T  cache ‐ size  limit ?[...]

  • Page 639

    clear router limits (NAT) Configuri ng Network Address Translation (NAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 18-17 Example This  example  resets  the  NA T  cache  router  limits  setting  to  the  default  va l u e :  Matrix(rw)->clear router limits nat- cache[...]

  • Page 640

    Configuring Network Address Translati on (NAT) clear router limits (NAT) 18-18 Networ k Address Translation (NAT) Configur ation[...]

  • Page 641

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-1 19 LSNA T Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Load  Sharing  Network  Addres s  T ranslation  (LSNA T)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  us e  them. Configuring Load Sharing Network Address T ranslation (LSNA T) A[...]

  • Page 642

    Configuring Load Sharing Networ k Address Translatio n (LSNAT) 19-2 LSNAT Co nfiguration •W h e n  different  virtual  serv er  IPs  (VIPs)  share  the  sa me  real  serv er  in  different  server  farms,  the  persistence  level  must  be  set  the  same. •I n  general,  i[...]

  • Page 643

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-3 wou ld  only  require  the  use  of  one  binding  hardw are  resource  (instead  of  one  per  service  per  client). In  order  to  use  sticky  persistence,  the[...]

  • Page 644

    Configuring Load Sharing Networ k Address Translatio n (LSNAT) 19-4 LSNAT Co nfiguration the  UDP  port.  If  the  server  responds  with  an  ICMP  “P ort  Unreachable”  message,  it  is  concluded  that  the  port  is  not  activ e  and  the  serv er  is  reported ?[...]

  • Page 645

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-5 Purpose To  review  and  configure  Load  Sharing  Network  Addr ess  T ranslation  (LSNA T). LSNA T Configuration T ask List and Commands Ta b l e 1 9 ‐ 1  list s  the  mandatory  and  [...]

  • Page 646

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr anslatio n (LSNAT) show ip slb serverfarms 19-6 LSNAT Co nfiguration show ip slb serverfarms Use  this  command  to  display  server  load  balancing  se rver  farm  information. Synt ax show ip slb serverfarms [ detail | se rverfarmname [ detail ]] Associate a virtua l serve[...]

  • Page 647

    ip slb ftpctrlport Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-7 Parameters Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  summary  information  for  all  configured  server  farms  will  be  display ed.  Mode Router  command, ?[...]

  • Page 648

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) ip slb serverfarm 19-8 LSNAT Co nfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  specify  port  46  as  the  FTP  control  port  for  serv er  load  balancing: Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb ftpctrl port 46 ip slb serverfarm Use  thi[...]

  • Page 649

    predictor Configuring Load Sharing Ne twork Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 19-9 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Serv er  Farm  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ sf arm) # Usage For  backw ards  compatibil ity ,  entering  a  p[...]

  • Page 650

    Configuring Load Sharing Network A ddress Translatio n (LSNAT) sticky 19-10 LSNAT C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  specify  Least  Connections  as  the  serv er  selection  algorithm  for  the  “httpserver ”  serv er  farm: Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb serverf arm httpse[...]

  • Page 651

    show ip slb reals Configuring Load Shari ng Netw ork Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-11 Parameters Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  summary  information  ab out  all  configured  server  farms  wil l  be  display ed.  Mode Router  comman[...]

  • Page 652

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb reals 19-12 LSNAT C onfiguration Current Connections on this real server: 0 Current state of thi s real server: UP Maximum Connections : Unlimited Real Server Weight : 1 InService real-serv-ip:port server-farm type ins stat wgt maxcon con ns ----------------------------------[...]

  • Page 653

    inservice (real server) Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-13 inservice (real server) Use  this  command  to  enable  a  real  LSNA T  serv er .  Synt ax inservice no inservice Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command, [...]

  • Page 654

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr an slation (LSNAT) faildetect (real server) 19-14 LSNAT C onfiguration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  ping  will  be  chosen  as  the  fail  detection  type.  Unless  the  UDP  option  is  specified,  app  defaults  to  TCP . Mode R[...]

  • Page 655

    faildetect acv-command Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-15 Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#faild etect type app udp Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#inser vice This  example  sets  the  ACV  protocol  to  TCP  for  the  real  se[...]

  • Page 656

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) faildetect acv-reply 19-16 LSNAT C onfiguration faildetect acv-reply Use  this  command  to  set  the  expected  va l id at i o n  ACV  reply  string  from  the  server  application  port. Synt ax faildetect acv-reply “ reply-string ” Para[...]

  • Page 657

    faildetect read-till-index Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-17 Usage A  Carriage  Return  /  Line  Feed  character  “rn”  is  appended  to  the  quit  stri ng  when  it  is  sent  to  the  server[...]

  • Page 658

    Configuring Load Sharing Network A ddress Translation (LSNAT) maxconns 19-18 LSNAT C onfiguration maxconns Use  this  command  to  limit  the  number  of  connections  to  a  real  LSNA T  server .  Synt ax maxconns maximum-number no maxconns Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  R[...]

  • Page 659

    show ip slb vservers Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-19 Mode Router  command,  SLB  Real  Serv er  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ real) #  Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets ?[...]

  • Page 660

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb vservers 19-20 LSNAT C onfiguration five 3.3.3.3 80 ten TCP 41 IS test 192.169.10.88 80 big TCP 240 IS ftp This  example  shows  how  to  display  detailed  information  about  the  “test”  virtua l  serv er: Matrix Router(config)#>s[...]

  • Page 661

    ip slb vserver Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-21 ip slb vserver Use  this  command  to  identify  an  LSNA T  virtual  server  and  to  access  or  enable  the  virtual  server  load  balance  (SLB)  co[...]

  • Page 662

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) serverfarm (Virtual Server) 19-22 LSNAT C onfiguration serverfarm (V irtual Server) Use  this  command  to  associate  a  virtual  server  with  an  LSNA T  server  farm. Synt ax serverfarm serverfarm-name no serverfarm serverfarm-name Parameters Defau[...]

  • Page 663

    virtual Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-23 Parameters Default s If  a  TCP  servi ce  name  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  M[...]

  • Page 664

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) inservice (virtual server) 19-24 LSNAT C onfiguration inservice (virtual server) Use  this  command  to  enable  a  virtual  LSNA T  server .  Synt ax inservice no inservice Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  S[...]

  • Page 665

    persistence level Configuring Lo ad Sharing Network Address Translation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-25 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ vserver)#  Usage If  no  clients  are  s[...]

  • Page 666

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) persistence level 19-26 LSNAT C onfiguration Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  persistence  level  is  set  to  TCP . Mode Router  command,  SLB  Vir t u a l  Server  Configuration  mode:  Matrix>Router(config ‐ slb ‐ vserver)#[...]

  • Page 667

    allow accessservers Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-27 This  example  shows  how  to  use  sticky  session  persistence,  in  conjunction  with  the  sticky  server  farm  parameter .  Matrix>Router(config)#i[...]

  • Page 668

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tr anslatio n (LSNAT) ip slb allowaccess_all 19-28 LSNAT C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  allow  clients  at  10.24.16.12  through  10.24 .16.42  non ‐ LSNA T  access  to  the  virtual  serve r  named  “virtual ‐ http”: Matrix[...]

  • Page 669

    show ip slb conns Configuring Load Shari ng Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-29 Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#inser vice Matrix>Router(config-slb-real)#exit Matrix>Router(config-slb-sfarm)#exit Matrix>Router(config)#ip slb vserver virtual-http Matrix>Router(config-slb-vser[...]

  • Page 670

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) show ip slb stats 19-30 LSNAT C onfiguration 1 192.169.1.11 192.168.1.253 23 1249 TCP OUT-SERVR REPLY This  example  shows  how  to  display  detailed  information  about  acti ve  server  load  balancing  connections: Matrix>Router#show ip slb c[...]

  • Page 671

    show ip slb sticky Configuring Load Shar ing Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-31 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  serv er  load  balancing  connection  stati[...]

  • Page 672

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Addres s Tran slation (LSNAT) c lear ip slb 19-32 LSNAT C onfiguration clear ip slb Use  this  command  to  clear  server  load  balancing  counters  or  to  remove  serv er  load  balancing  connections. Synt ax clear ip slb {[ counters ] [ connections { all | flowid flo[...]

  • Page 673

    set router limits (LSNAT) Configuring Load S haring Network Address Translation (LSNAT ) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-33 Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Examples This  example  displays  all  router  limit s  for  this  system:  Matrix(su[...]

  • Page 674

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) clear router limits (LSNAT) 19-34 LSNAT C onfiguration Default s •I f  not  specified,  maximum  bindings  wi ll  be  set  to  the  default  va l u e  of  5000. •I f  not  specified,  cac he  size  will  be  set  to  t[...]

  • Page 675

    clear router limits (LSNAT) Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tra nslation (LSNAT) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 19-35 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset ?[...]

  • Page 676

    Configuring Load Sharing Network Address Tran slation (LSNAT) clear router limits (LSNAT) 19-36 LSNAT C onfiguration[...]

  • Page 677

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-1 20 DHCP Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol  (D HCP)  configuration  set  of  commands  and  how  to  us e  them. DHCP Overview The  Dynamic  Host  Configuration  Protocol  (DH[...]

  • Page 678

    DHCP Overview 20-2 DHCP C onfiguration To  configure  DHCP  on  the  Enterasys  Matr ix ‐ N  or  standalone  device,  you  must  configure  an  IP  address  pool,  client  parameters,  and  optional  stati c  IP  address  for  a  specifie d  scope.  Where  seve[...]

  • Page 679

    DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-3 Domain Name 15 Swap Server 16 Root Path 17 Extensions Path 18 IP Forwarding Enable/D isable 19 Non Local Source Routing Enabl e/Disable 20 Policy Filter 21 Max Datagram Reassembly Size 22 Default IP T ime-to-live 23 Path MTU Aging T imeout 24 Path MTU Plate au T able 25 Interf[...]

  • Page 680

    DHCP Overview 20-4 DHCP C onfiguration DHCP Command Modes Except  for  clear  and  sh ow  commands,  most  DHCP  configuration  commands  can  be  executed  in  most  of  the  DHCP  command  modes  shown  in  Ta b l e 2 0 ‐ 2 .  CLI  examples  in  this  section  w[...]

  • Page 681

    DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-5 Commands DHCP Class Configuration Mode Configure a DHCP client class. Ty p e client-class and the client class name from DHCP Pool or Host Configuration Mode. Matrix>Router (config-dhcp-class)# DHCP Host Configuration Mode Configure DHCP host parameters. Ty p e client- iden[...]

  • Page 682

    DHCP Overview ip dhcp server 20-6 DHCP C onfiguration ip dhcp server Use  this  command  to  enable  DHCP  server  features  on  a  routing  interface. Synt ax ip dhcp server no ip dhcp Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan[...]

  • Page 683

    exclude DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-7 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  local  addr ess  pool. Example This  example  shows  how  to [...]

  • Page 684

    DHCP Overview ip dhcp ping packets 20-8 DHCP C onfiguration ip dhcp ping p acket s Use  this  command  to  specify  the  number  of  packets  a  DHCP  server  sends  to  an  IP  addres s  before  assigning  the  address  to  a  requesting  client. Synt ax ip dhcp ping packets n[...]

  • Page 685

    ip dhcp pool DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 20-9 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  ping  timeout  to  the  default  val u e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  DHCP  ping  timeout  to  900  millisec[...]

  • Page 686

    DHCP Overview dns-server 20-10 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  15. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  a  DHCP  domain  name. Example This  example  show[...]

  • Page 687

    netbios-name-server DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-11 Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  a  DNS  server  at  11.12.1.99  to  the  “localpool”  address  pool: Matrix>Router(config)#ip dhcp pool l ocalpool Matrix>Router(config-dhcp-pool)#dns- se[...]

  • Page 688

    DHCP Overview default-router 20-12 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  46. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  the  NetBIOS  node  type. Example This  example ?[...]

  • Page 689

    bootfile DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-13 Usage This  command  configures  DHCP  option  3. The ʺ no ʺ form  of  this  command  deletes  the  default  router  list. Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  a  default  router  at [...]

  • Page 690

    DHCP Overview option 20-14 DHCP C onfiguration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage The  next  se rver  is  the  serv er  the  client  will  contact  for  the  boot  file  if  the  primary  serv er  is  not  able  to [...]

  • Page 691

    lease DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-15 Usage These  configuratio n  parameters  and  other  control  information  are  carried  in  tagged  data  items  that  are  stored  in  the  options  field  of  the  DHCP  message  to  networ k [...]

  • Page 692

    DHCP Overview host 20-16 DHCP C onfiguration Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  lease  duration  to  the  default  va l u e  of  1  day  (24  hours). Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  a  one ‐ hour  leas e  to  the  “localpoo[...]

  • Page 693

    client-identifier DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-17 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Usage Using  this  command  to  giv e  a  set  of  client  class  properties  a  name,  allows  you  to  assign [...]

  • Page 694

    DHCP Overview client-name 20-18 DHCP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  assign  client  MAC  address  00.01f4.0127  within  “clientclass1”: Matrix>Router(config)#ip dhcp pool l ocalpool Matrix>Router(config-dhcp-pool)#clie nt-identifier 0100.01f4.0127 client-class clientclass1 client-nam[...]

  • Page 695

    show ip dhcp binding DH CP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-19 Parameters Default s If  type  is  not  specified,  Ethernet  will  be  applied. Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e . Usage This  command  also  enables  DHCP  host  configurati[...]

  • Page 696

    DHCP Overview clear ip dhcp binding 20-20 DHCP C onfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  DHCP  binding  address  parameters,  including  an  associated  Ethernet  MAC  addresses,  lease  expiration  dates,  type  of  address  assignments,  and  whet[...]

  • Page 697

    show ip dhcp ser ver statistics DHCP Overview Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 20-21 Mode Router  command,  Any  DHCP  configuration  mod e. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  DHCP  serv er  statistics: Matrix>Router#show ip dhcp server st atistics Memory usage 614874 Addre[...]

  • Page 698

    DHCP Overview clear ip dhcp server statistics 20-22 DHCP C onfiguration clear ip dhcp server st atistics Use  this  command  to  reset  all  DHCP  server  counters. Synt ax clear ip dhcp server statistics Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Example This [...]

  • Page 699

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-1 21 Routing Protocol Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Routing  Protocol  Configuration  set  of  command s  and  how  to  use  the m. Activating Advanced Routing Features In  order  to  enable  adv anced  routing  protoc[...]

  • Page 700

    Configuring RIP router rip 21-2 Routing Proto col Configuration router rip Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  RIP  configuration  mode. Synt ax router rip no router rip T able 21- 1 RIP Configuration T ask List and Commands T o do this... Use these command s... Enable RIP configuration mode and associa te a netw[...]

  • Page 701

    network Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-3 Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Yo u  must  execute  the  router  rip  command  to  enable  the  protocol  before  completing  many ?[...]

  • Page 702

    Configuring RIP neighbor 21-4 Routing Proto col Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  attach  network  192.168.1.0  to  the  RIP  routing  process: Matrix>Router(config)#router rip Matrix>Router(config-router)#network 192.168.1.0 neighbor Use  this  command  to  instruct  the ?[...]

  • Page 703

    ip ri p offs et Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-5 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage If  sever al  routes  (coming  from  different  protocols)  are  presented  to  the  Enterasys ?[...]

  • Page 704

    Configuring RIP timers 21-6 Routing Proto col Configuration Default s None.  Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage Adding  an  offset  on  an  interface  is  used  for  the  purpose  of  making  an  interface  a  backup. Th[...]

  • Page 705

    ip rip send ver sion Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-7 Example This  example  shows  ho w  to  set  RIP  timers  to  a  5  second  update  time,  a  10  second  inv alid  interv al,  a  20  second  holdown  time,  and  a  60  se[...]

  • Page 706

    Configuring RIP key chain 21-8 Routing Proto col Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  restores  the  default  ver s io n  of  the  RIP  module  update[...]

  • Page 707

    key Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 21-9 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  RIP  authentication  key  chain  called  “md5key”: Matrix>Router(config)#key chain md5k ey key Use  this  command  to  identify  a  RIP  authentication  k[...]

  • Page 708

    Configuring RIP accept-lifetime 21-10 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router command, Key chain key config uration: Matrix>Router(config-keychain-key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  authentication  string. Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Page 709

    send-lifetime Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-11 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Key  chain  key  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config ‐ keychain ‐ key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  accept ‐ lifetime  configuration [...]

  • Page 710

    Configuring RIP ip rip authentication keychain 21-12 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Key  chain  key  configuration:  Matrix >Router(config ‐ keychain ‐ key)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  se nd ‐ lifetime  configuration  fo[...]

  • Page 711

    ip rip authentication mod e Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-13 ip rip authentication mode Use  this  command  to  set  the  authentication  mode  when  a  key  cha in  is  present.  Synt ax ip rip authentication mode { text | md5 } no ip rip authentication mode Param[...]

  • Page 712

    Configuring RIP ip rip disa ble-triggered-updates 21-14 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Usage This  command  is  necessary  for  enabling  CIDR  for  RIP  on  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  device. By  default,  RIP  versi on  2  supports  automatic  route  summarization,  which [...]

  • Page 713

    ip split-horizon poison Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-15 ip split-horizon poison Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  split  horizon  poison ‐ reverse  mode  for  RIP  packets .  Synt ax ip split-horizon poison no ip split-horizon poison Parameters None. [...]

  • Page 714

    Configuring RIP receive-interface 21-16 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage This  command  does  not  prevent  RIP  from  monitoring  updates  on  the  interface. The  “no”  form  of  this  command ?[...]

  • Page 715

    distribute-list Configuring RIP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-17 distribute-list Use  this  command  to  filter  networks  rece ived  and  to  suppress  netw orks  from  being  advertised  in  RIP  updates. Synt ax distribute-list access-list-number { in vlan vlan-id | out v[...]

  • Page 716

    Configuring RIP redistribute 21-18 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  metric  value  is  not  s pecified,  1  wil l  be  applied. •I f  subnets  is  not  specified,  only  non ‐ subnetted  routes  will  be  redistributed. Mode Router  configuration:  Matrix[...]

  • Page 717

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-19 Configuring OSPF Underst anding Graceful Rest art OSPF  gracef ul  restart,  sometimes  referred  to  as  non ‐ stop  forw arding,  provides  for  an  OSPF  router  to  remain  on  the  forw arding  pa[...]

  • Page 718

    Configuring OSPF redistribute 21-20 Routing Prot ocol Configuration own  forw arding  engine  that  uses  this  information  to  make  forw arding  decisions  locally  on  the  module  that  receives  the  frame.  These  engines  independently  make  forwarding  decisions  b[...]

  • Page 719

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-21 OSPF Configuration T ask List and Commands Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 2  list s  the  tasks  and  commands  associated  with  OSPF  configuration.  Commands  are  described  in  the  associated  section  as  shown. .[...]

  • Page 720

    Configuring OSPF router ospf 21-22 Routing Prot ocol Configuration router osp f Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  Open  Shortest  Pa t h  First  (OSPF)  configuration  mode. Synt ax router ospf process-id no router ospf process-id Parameters Default s None. Enable passive OSPF mode on an interface. [...]

  • Page 721

    network Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-23 Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Yo u  must  execute  the  router  ospf  command  to  enable  the  protocol  before  completing  many  OSPF ‐ specific  config[...]

  • Page 722

    Configuring OSPF router id 21-24 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  configure  IP  address  182.127.62.1  0.0.0.31  as  OSPF  area  0: Matrix>Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix>Router(config-router)#network 182.127.62.1 0.0.0.31 area 0 router id Use  this  comma[...]

  • Page 723

    ip ospf priority Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-25 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage Each  router  interface  that  participates  in  OSPF  routing  is  assigned  a  default  cost.  This ?[...]

  • Page 724

    Configuring OSPF timers spf 21-26 Routing Prot ocol Configuration timers sp f Use  this  command  to  change  OSPF  timer  va l u e s  to  fine ‐ tune  the  OSPF  network. Synt ax timers spf spf-delay spf-hold no timers spf Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Ma[...]

  • Page 725

    ip ospf transmit-delay Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-27 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  resets  the  retransmi t  interval  valu e  to  th e  def[...]

  • Page 726

    Configuring OSPF ip ospf hello- interval 21-28 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip osp f hello-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  number  of  seconds  a  router  must  wai t  before  sending  a  hello  packet  to  neighbor  routers  on  an  interface.  Synt ax ip ospf he[...]

  • Page 727

    ip ospf authentication-key Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-29 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  sets  the  dead  interv al  va l u e  to ?[...]

  • Page 728

    Configuring OSPF ip ospf message digest key md5 21-30 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enables  an  OSPF  au thentication  key  on  VLAN  1  with  the  passw ord  “yourpass”: Matrix>Router(config)#interface vlan 1 Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip ospf[...]

  • Page 729

    area range Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-31 Parameters Default s If  route  type  is  not  specified,  the  distance  va l u e  will  be  applied  to  all  OSPF  routes  (110). Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(conf[...]

  • Page 730

    Configuring OSPF area authentication 21-32 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage Each  Enterasy s  Mat rix  Series  module  or  standalone  device  can  support  up  to  6  OSPF  ar ea[...]

  • Page 731

    area stub Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-33 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  authentication  for  an  OSPF  area. Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  MD5  auth entication  on  OSPF  area  10.0.0.0: Matrix>[...]

  • Page 732

    Configuring OSPF area default cost 21-34 Routing Prot ocol Configuration area default cost Use  this  command  to  set  the  cost  val u e  for  the  default  route  that  is  sent  into  a  stub  area  by  an  Area  Border  Router  (ABR).  Synt ax area area-id default-cost [...]

  • Page 733

    area virtual-link Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-35 Default s If  default ‐ information ‐ originate  is  not  specif ied,  no  default  type  will  be  generated. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage An  [...]

  • Page 734

    Configuring OSPF passive-interface 21-36 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  the  virtual  link. Example This  example  shows  how  to  configur[...]

  • Page 735

    redistribute Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-37 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage This  allows  an  interface  to  be  included  in  the  OSPF  route  table,  but  turns  off  sending ?[...]

  • Page 736

    Configuring OSPF database-overflow 21-38 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s •I f  metric  value  is  not  s pecified,  0  wil l  be  applied. •I f  type  value  is  not  specif ied,  type  2  (external  route)  will  be  applied. •I f  subnets  is  not  specifie[...]

  • Page 737

    graceful-restart enable Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-39 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage Setting  database  overflow  allows  you  to  set  a  limit  on  the  number  of  external  LSA[...]

  • Page 738

    Configuring OSPF graceful-restart helper-disable 21-40 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  graceful  restart  ability  on  this  router: Matrix->Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix->Router(config-router)#gracef ul-restart enable Matrix->Router(config-router[...]

  • Page 739

    graceful-restart stri ct-lsa-checking-disable Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-41 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix ‐ >Rou ter(config ‐ router)#  Usage The  restart  intev al  sets  the  maximum  amount  of  time [...]

  • Page 740

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf 21-42 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  strict  LSA  checking  on  thi s  router: Matrix->Router(config)#router ospf 1 Matrix->Router(config-router)#gracef ul-restart strict-lsa-checking-disable show ip osp f Use  this  command ?[...]

  • Page 741

    show ip ospf database Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-43 Link State Update Interval is 00 :30:00 and due in 00:02:28. Link State Age Interval is 00:00 :00 and due in 00:00:00. Area 0.0.0.2 Number of interfaces in this are a is 3 Area has no authentication SPF algorithm executed 61 times Area ranges are 140.[...]

  • Page 742

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf database 21-44 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s If  link ‐ state ‐ id  is  not  specified,  the  specified  type  of  database  rec ords  will  be  display ed  for  all  link  state  IDs.  Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example[...]

  • Page 743

    show ip ospf border -routers Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-45 show ip osp f border-routers Use  this  command  to  display  information  about  OSPF  internal  entries  to  Area  Border  Routers  (ABRs)  and  Autonomous  System  Boundary  Routers ?[...]

  • Page 744

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf interface 21-46 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Parameters Default s If  vlan ‐ id  is  not  specified,  OSPF  statistics  will  be  display ed  for  all  VLANs. Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  [...]

  • Page 745

    show ip ospf neighb or Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-47 show ip osp f neighbor Use  this  command  to  display  the  state  of  communication  betw een  an  OSPF  router  and  its  neighbor  routers. Synt ax show ip ospf neighbor [ detail ] [ ip-a ddress ] [[...]

  • Page 746

    Configuring OSPF show ip ospf virtual-links 21-48 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  use  the  show  ospf  neighbor  comm and: Matrix>Router#show ip ospf neighbor ID Pri State Dead-Int Address Interface 182.127.62.1 1 FULL 40 182.127.63.1 vlan1 Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 5  provides  [...]

  • Page 747

    clear ip ospf process Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-49 Hello 10, Dead 40, W ait 40, Retransmit 5 Adjacency State FULL Ta b l e 2 1 ‐ 6  provides  an  explanation  of  the  command  output. clear ip osp f process Use  this  command  to  reset  the  OSPF  process.[...]

  • Page 748

    Configuring OSPF debug ip ospf 21-50 Routing Prot ocol Configuration debug ip osp f Use  this  command  to  enable  OSPF  protocol  debuggi ng  output. Synt ax debug ip ospf { subsystem } no debug ip ospf { subsystem } Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Privileged  EXEC:  Matrix>Router# Usage Th[...]

  • Page 749

    rfc1583compatible Configuring OSPF Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-51 Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  removes  OSPF  RFC  1583  compatible. Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 750

    Configuring DVMRP ip dvmrp 21-52 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Configuring DVMRP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Distance  Ve c t o r  Multicast  Routing  Protocol  (DVMRP)  on  an  interface.  DVMRP  routes  multicast  traf fic  using  a  technique  known  as  Reverse [...]

  • Page 751

    ip dvmrp metric Configuring DVMRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-53 The  “no”  form  of  this  command  disables  DVMRP . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  DVMRP  on  VLAN  1: Matrix>Router(config)#interface vlan 1 Matrix>Router(config-if(Vlan 1))#ip dv[...]

  • Page 752

    Configuring DVMRP show ip dvmrp route 21-54 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Mode Router  command,  Any  router  mode. Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  DVMRP  routing  table  entries.  In  this  case,  the  routing  table  has  5  entries.  The  first  entry ?[...]

  • Page 753

    ip irdp Configuring IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-55 Configuring IRDP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  ICMP  Router  Discovery  Protocol  (IRDP)  on  an  interface.  This  protocol  enables  a  host  to  determine  the  address  of  a  ro[...]

  • Page 754

    Configuring IRDP ip irdp maxadvertinterval 21-56 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip ird p maxadvertinterval Use  this  command  to  set  the  maximum  interv al  in  seconds  between  IRDP  ad vertise ments. Synt ax ip irdp maxadvertinterval interval no irdp maxadvertinterval Parameters Default s None. Mode Route[...]

  • Page 755

    ip irdp holdtime Configurin g IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-57 Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  deletes  the  custom  holdtime  setting  and  resets  the  minimum  advertisement  interv al  to  the  default  va lu e  of  three ‐ fourths [...]

  • Page 756

    Configuring IRDP ip irdp preference 21-58 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip ird p preference Use  this  command  to  set  the  IRDP  preference  val u e  for  an  interface.  This  val u e  is  used  by  IRDP  to  determine  the  inte rface’ s  selection  as  a  default ?[...]

  • Page 757

    no ip irdp multicast Configuring IRDP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-59 Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  clears  an  IP  address  from  being  adv ertised. Example Thi[...]

  • Page 758

    Configuring IRDP show ip irdp 21-60 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s If  vlan  vlan ‐ id  is  not  specified,  IRDP  information  for  all  interfaces  will  be  displayed. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Example This  ex[...]

  • Page 759

    router vrrp Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-61 Configuring VRRP Purpose To  enable  and  configure  the  Vi r t u a l  Router  Redundancy  Protocol  (VRRP).  This  protocol  eliminates  the  single  point  of  failure  inherent  in  the  static [...]

  • Page 760

    Configuring VRRP create 21-62 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Usage Yo u  must  execute  the  router  vrrp  command  to  enable  the  protocol  before  completing  other  VRRP ‐ specific  configuration  tasks.  For  details  on  enablin g  configuration  modes,  refer  to [...]

  • Page 761

    address Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-63 address Use  this  command  to  configure  a  virtual  router  IP  address.  Synt ax address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner no address vlan vlan-id vrid ip-address owner Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Route[...]

  • Page 762

    Configuring VRRP priority 21-64 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  configure  a  virtual  router  add ress  of  182.127.62.1  on  VLAN  1,  VRID  1,  and  to  set  the  router  connected  to  the  VLAN  via  this  interface  a[...]

  • Page 763

    master-icmp-reply Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-65 Example This  example  shows  how  set  a  VRRP  priorit y  of  200  on  VLAN  1,  VRID  1: Matrix>Router(config)#router vrrp Matrix>Router(config-router)#priorit y vlan 1 1 200 master-icmp-reply Use  thi[...]

  • Page 764

    Configuring VRRP advertise-interval 21-66 Routing Prot ocol Configuration advertise-interval Use  this  command  to  set  the  interv al  in  seconds  between  VRRP  advertisements.  Synt ax advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval no advertise-interval vlan vlan-id vrid interval Parameters Default s None. M[...]

  • Page 765

    preempt Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-67 Parameters Default s If  not  specified,  critical ‐ priority  will  be  set  to  10. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage A  critical  IP  address  defines  [...]

  • Page 766

    Configuring VRRP preempt-delay 21-68 Routing Prot ocol Configuration Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Router  configuration:  Matrix>Rout er(config ‐ router)# Usage The  router  that  owns  the  virtual  router  IP  address  alw ays  preempts  other  routers,  reg ardle ss  of  thi[...]

  • Page 767

    enable Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-69 When  preempt  mode  is  enabled  this  specifies  a  delay  (in  seconds)  that  a  higher  priority  backup  router  must  wai t  to  preempt  a  lower  priority  master .  For  more [...]

  • Page 768

    Configuring VRRP ip vrrp authentication-key 21-70 Routing Prot ocol Configuration ip vrrp authentication-key Use  this  command  to  set  a  VRRP  authentication  passw ord  on  an  interface.  Synt ax ip vrrp authentication-key password no ip vrrp authentication-key Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  com[...]

  • Page 769

    show ip vrrp Configuring VRRP Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 21-71 Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Interface  configuration:  Matrix> Router(config ‐ if(Vlan  1))# Usage The  “no”  form  of  this  command  clears  VRRP  MD5  authentication. Example This  example [...]

  • Page 770

    Configuring VRRP show ip vrrp 21-72 Routing Prot ocol Configuration T able 21-7 show ip vrrp Output Details Output... W hat it displays... Vlan S p ecifies the VLAN on which this VRRP session resides. V rid S pecifies the Virtual Router ID associated with the routing interface. S tate S p ecifies the current state of the VRRP session as follows: St[...]

  • Page 771

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-1 22 Port Priority and Rate Limiting Configuration This  chapter  describes  the  Po r t  Priority  and  Rate  Limiting  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them.  Port Priority Configuration Summary The  Enterasys  Matrix  Series [...]

  • Page 772

    Configuring Port Priority show port priority 22-2 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Configuring Port Priority Purpose To  view  or  configure  port  priority  characteristics  as  follows: •D i s p l a y  or  change  the  port  default  Class ‐ of  Service  (CoS )  transmit  pri[...]

  • Page 773

    set port priority Configuring Port Priority Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-3 fe.2.5 is set to 0 set port priority Use  this  command  to  set  the  802.1D  (802.1p)  Class ‐ of ‐ Service  transmit  queue  priority  (0 through 7)  on  each  port.  Synt ax set port priority[...]

  • Page 774

    Configuring Port Priority clear port priority 22-4 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .  Usage This  command  will  cause  all  frames  received  without  a  priority  val ue  in  its  header  to  be  set  to ?[...]

  • Page 775

    show port priority-queue Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-5 Configuring Priority to T ransmit Queue Mapping Purpose To  perform  the  following: •V i e w  the  current  priority  to  transmit  queue  mapping  of  each  port,  which [...]

  • Page 776

    Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping set port p riority-queue 22-6 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  priority  queue  information  for  fe.1.7.  In  this  case,  the  frames  shown  with  a  priority  of  0  or ?[...]

  • Page 777

    clear port priority-queue Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-7 Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  enables  you  to  change  the  priority  queue  (0 ‐ 7,  depending  on  port  type,  with  0  b[...]

  • Page 778

    Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping clear port priority-queue 22-8 Port Priority and Rat e Limiting Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  priority  queue  settings  on  fe.2.12:  Matrix(rw)->clear port priority-queu e fe.2.1[...]

  • Page 779

    show port ratelimit Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 22-9 Configuring Port T raffic Rate Limiting Purpose To  limit  the  rate  of  inbound  tra ffic  on  the  Enterasys  Matrix  Series  devi ce  on  a  per  port/priority  basis.  The ?[...]

  • Page 780

    Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting set port ratelimit 22-10 Port Prior ity and Rate Limiting Configuration ----------- ----- --------- ----- ------- --------- ----------- -------- fe.2.1 1 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 2 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 3 64125 discard inbound 0 disabled fe.2.1 4 64125 discard inbound 0 disable[...]

  • Page 781

    clear port ratelimit C onfiguring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 22-11 Default s •I f  not  specified,  threshold  will  be  applied  to  inbound  traffic  on  the  port/priority . •I f  index  is  not  specifie d,  settings  will  be  [...]

  • Page 782

    Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting clear port ratelimit 22-12 Port Prior ity and Rate Limiting Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  all  rate  limiting  para meters  on  port  fe.2.: 1Matrix(rw)->clear port ratelimit fe .2.1[...]

  • Page 783

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-1 23 T ransparent W eb Cache Balancing Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  T ransparent  We b  Cache  Balancing  (TWCB)  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Underst anding T ransp arent W eb Cache Balancing (TWCB) T ransparent  We b  Ca[...]

  • Page 784

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) 23-2 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration farm  is  configured  with  2  cache  servers  from  the  186. 89.0.0  subnet.  The  s2Server  serv er  farm  is  configured  with  5  cache  servers  from  the  176.89.0.0 [...]

  • Page 785

    ip twcb wcserverfarm Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-3 ip twcb wcserverfarm Use  this  command  to  create  a  we b ‐ cache  server  farm. Synt ax ip twcb wcserverfarm serverfarm-name Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  Configuration:  [...]

  • Page 786

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) predictor roundrobin 23-4 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration predictor roundrobin Use  this  command  to  modify  the  round ‐ robin  predictor  val u e  by  applying  a  list  of  destination  IP  addresses  for  which  the ?[...]

  • Page 787

    cache Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-5 cache Use  this  command  to  create  a  cache  server  based  upon  the  supplied  IP  addre ss. Synt ax cache ip-address Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Serv er  Fa[...]

  • Page 788

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) faildetect 23-6 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serve r  Configuration  mode:  Mat rix(rw) ‐ >Router(config ‐ twcb ‐ cache)# . Usage The  application  method  defaul ts  to  a  check  of  service  [...]

  • Page 789

    maxconns Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-7 maxconns Use  this  command  to  limit  the  maximum  number  of  connections  to  the  serv er . Synt ax maxconns number Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serv[...]

  • Page 790

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) ip twcb webcache 23-8 Transpa rent Web Cache Balancing Configuration Examples This  example  sets  the  maximum  number  of  connections  for  cache  serv er  186.89.10.51  to  100  and  activ ates  the  server:  Matrix(rw)->Router(config)#[...]

  • Page 791

    http-port Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 23-9 http-port Use  this  command  to  redirect  outbound  HTTP  requests  to  a  non ‐ standard  HTTP  port  number . Synt ax http-port port-number Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  [...]

  • Page 792

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) bypass-list range 23-10 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  adds  the  server  farm  s1Server  to  the  cache1  web ‐ cache:  Matrix(rw)->Router(config)#ip twcb w ebcache cache1 Matrix(rw)->Router(config-twcb-webca che)#s[...]

  • Page 793

    ip twcb redirect out Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-11 Parameters Default s None. Mode Router  command,  Cach e  Serve r  Configuration  mode:  Mat rix(rw) ‐ >Router(config ‐ twcb ‐ webcache)# . Usage Yo u  can  explicitly  specify [...]

  • Page 794

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balanc ing ( TWCB) show ip twcb wcserverfarm 23-12 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  associates  the  cache1  web ‐ cache  with  vlan  1  for  the  redirection  of  HTTP  traffic:  Matrix(rw)->router Matrix>router>enable [...]

  • Page 795

    show ip twcb webcache Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-13 show ip twcb webcache Use  this  command  to  display  configuration  data  associated  with  the  specified  web ‐ cache. Synt ax show ip twcb webcache [ webcache-name ] Parameter[...]

  • Page 796

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) show ip twcb stats 23-14 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Example This  example  displays  connection  data  for  the  all  cache  serv ers  and  all  clients:  Matrix(rw)->Router#show ip twcb conn s flo-id cache-server-ip client-ip cport s[...]

  • Page 797

    show limits Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-15 Default s If  no  parameter  is  specified,  statistics  for  all  we b ‐ caches,  server  farms,  and  cache  serv ers  are  cleared. Mode Router  Command:  Matrix(rw) ‐[...]

  • Page 798

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balancing ( TWCB) show router limits (TWCB) 23-16 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  Command:  Matrix(rw) ‐ > . Usage Bindings  and  cache  use  v aluable  mem ory  resources  and  are  shared  on  a  fi rst  co[...]

  • Page 799

    clear router limits (TWCB) Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balan cing (TWCB) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-17 Mode Switch  command  mode:  Matrix(rw) ‐ > . Examples This  example  displays  all  router  limit s  for  this  system:  Matrix(su)->show router limits LSNAT maximu[...]

  • Page 800

    Understanding Transparent Web Cache Balanc ing ( TWCB) clear router limits (TWCB) 23-18 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Usage This  command  must  be  executed  from  the  switch  CLI. Example This  example  resets  the  TWCB  cache  router  limits  setting  to  the  default ?[...]

  • Page 801

    clear router limits (TWCB) TWCB Con figuration Example Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-19 TWCB Configuration Example In  this  TWCB  configuration  example  we  will  step  through  the  configuration  of  two  serve r  farms  named  s1Server  and  s2Server .  The [...]

  • Page 802

    TWCB Configuration Example clear router limits (TWCB) 23-20 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration Matrix>router Matrix>Router>enable Matrix>Router>#configure Enter configuration commands: Matrix>Router(config)#ip twcb wcserv erfarm s1Server Matrix>Router(config-twcb-wcsfarm)# Configure  the  end ‐ users  th[...]

  • Page 803

    clear router limits (TWCB) TWCB Con figuration Example Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 23-21 Matrix>Router(config-twcb-wcsfarm)#e xit Matrix>Router(config)# Configure the cache1 Web Cache Configure  the  web ‐ cache  cache1: Matrix>Router(config)#ip twcb webcac he cache1 Matrix>Router(config-twcb-webcach[...]

  • Page 804

    TWCB Configuration Example clear router limits (TWCB) 23-22 Tr ansparent Web Cache Balancin g Configuration[...]

  • Page 805

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-1 24 Security Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  Security  Configurat ion  set  of  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Overview of Security Methods The  following  security  methods  are  av ailable  for  controlling  w[...]

  • Page 806

    Configuring MAC Locking show maclock 24-2 Secur ity Configuration •F l o w  Setup  Throttling  (FST)  —  prevents  the  effects  of  DoS  attacks  by  limiting  the  number  of  new  or  established  flows  that  can  be  programmed  on  any  individual  swi tch ?[...]

  • Page 807

    show maclock Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-3 Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  MAC  locking  status  will  be  displayed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Page 808

    Configuring MAC Locking show maclock stations 24-4 Secur ity Configuration show maclock st ations Use  this  command  to  display  MAC  locking  information  about  end  stations  connected  to  the  device. Synt ax show maclock stations [ firstarrival | static ] [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Page 809

    set maclock enable Configu ring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-5 set maclock enable Use  this  command  to  enable  MAC  locking  on  one  or  more  por ts.  Synt ax set maclock enable [ port_string ] Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  M[...]

  • Page 810

    Configuring MAC Locking set ma clock 24-6 Secur ity Configuration Parameters Default s If  port_string  is  not  specified,  MAC  locking  will  be  disabled  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  MAC  locking  on ?[...]

  • Page 811

    set maclock firs tarrival Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-7 Example This  example  shows  how  to  create  a  MAC  locking  association  between  MAC  addr ess  00 ‐ a0 ‐ c9 ‐ 0d ‐ 32 ‐ 11  and  port  fe.2.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock 00-[...]

  • Page 812

    Configuring MAC Locking clear maclock firstarrival 24-8 Secur ity Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  move  all  current  first  arrival  MA Cs  to  static  entries  on  fe.1.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock move fe.1.3 clear maclock firs[...]

  • Page 813

    clear maclock static Configuring MAC Locking Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 24-9 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  restrict  MAC  locking  to  4  static  addresses  on  fe.2.3:  Matrix(rw)->set maclock static fe.[...]

  • Page 814

    Configuring MAC Locking clear maclock 24-10 Secu rity Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  enabled,  this  authorizes  the  device  to  send  an  SNMP  trap  message  if  an  end  station  is  connected  that  exceeds  the  maximum ?[...]

  • Page 815

    show ssh state Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-11 Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Purpose To  review ,  enable,  disable,  and  configure  the  Secure  Shell  (SSH)  protocol,  which  provides  secure  Te l n e t . Commands show ssh st ate Use  this [...]

  • Page 816

    Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) set ssh hostkey 24-12 Secu rity Configuration Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  disable  SSH: Matrix(rw)->set ssh disable set ssh hostkey Use  this  command  to  set  or  reinitialize  new [...]

  • Page 817

    set router ssh Configuring Secu re Shell (SSH) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-13 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  the  state  of  SSH  service  to  the  rout er: Matrix(rw)->show router ssh SSH Server statu[...]

  • Page 818

    Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) clear router ssh 24-14 Secu rity Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  SSH  service  to  the  router  to  the  default  state  of  disabled: Matrix(rw)->clear router ssh[...]

  • Page 819

    show access-lists Con figuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-15 Configuring Access List s Purpose To  review  and  configure  security  access  control  lists  (ACLs),  which  permit  or  deny  access  to  routing  interfaces  based  on  protocol  an[...]

  • Page 820

    Configuring Access Lists access-list (standard) 24-16 Secu rity Configuration deny ip 150.136.0.0 0.0.255.255 224. 0.0.0 15.255.255.255 deny ip 11.6.0.0 0.1.255.255 224.0.0 .0 15.255.255.255 2) deny ip 172.24.24.0 0.0.1.255 224.0. 0.0 15.255.255.255 access-list (st andard) Use  this  command  to  define  a  standard  IP  acc[...]

  • Page 821

    access-list (extended) Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-17 Default s •I f  insert,  replace  or  move  are  not  specifie d,  the  new  entry  will  be  appended  to  the  access  list. •I f  source2  is  not  specified  with  m[...]

  • Page 822

    Configuring Access Lists access-list (extended) 24-18 Secu rity Configuration T o apply ACL restrictions to IP , UDP , or ICMP p acket s: access-list access-list-number { deny | permit } protocol source [ source-wildcard ] [ operator [ port ]] destination [ desti nation-wildcard ] [ operator [ port ]] [ tos-extensions ][ icmp-type [ icmp-cod e ] [ [...]

  • Page 823

    access-list (extended) Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-19 Default s •I f  insert ,  replace ,  or  move  are  not  specif ied,  the  new  entry  will  be  appended  to  the  access  list. •I f  source2  is  not  specified  with ?[...]

  • Page 824

    Configuring Access Lists ip access-group 24-20 Secu rity Configuration Mode Router  command,  Glob al  configuration:  Matrix>Ro uter(config)# Usage Va l i d  access ‐ list ‐ numbers  for  extended  ACLs  are  100  to  199 .  For  standard  ACLs,  va l i d  va lu e s  are  1  to [...]

  • Page 825

    ip access-group Configuring Access Lists Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-21 Usage ACLs  must  be  applied  per  routing  interface.  An  entry  (rule)  can  either  be  applied  to  inbound  or  outbound  frames. The  “no”  form  of  this  command  [...]

  • Page 826

    Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention show hostdos 24-22 Secu rity Configuration Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention Purpose To  configure  Denial  of  Service  (DoS)  prev ention,  which  wi ll  protect  the  router  from  attacks  and  notify  administrator s  via  Syslog. [...]

  • Page 827

    hostdos Configuring Denial of Service (D oS) Prevention Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-23 Disabled IP packet with multicast/broadcast s ource address Always enabled 0 attacks Fragmented ICMP traffic Disabled Large ICMP packet Disabled Ping-of-Death attack Always enabled 0 attacks Port Scanning Disabled host dos Use  thi[...]

  • Page 828

    Configuring Denial of Service (DoS) Prevention clear hostdos-counters 24-24 Secu rity Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  land  attack  and  large  ICMP  packets  protection  for  packets  larger  than  2000  bytes: Matrix>Router(config)#hostdos land Mat[...]

  • Page 829

    clear hostdos-counters Configur ing Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-25 Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) About FST Flow  Setup  Throttling  (FST)  is  a  proactive  feature  designed  to  mitigate  DoS  attacks  before  the  virus  can  wre[...]

  • Page 830

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) show flowlimit 24-26 Secu rity Configuration show flowlimit Use  this  command  to  display  flow  setup  throttling  information. Synt ax show flowlimit [ port [ port-string ]] [ stats [ port-str ing ]] Parameters Default s If  no  optional  parameters  are  specified, [...]

  • Page 831

    set flowlimit limit Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-27 Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  FST  on  Fast  Ethernet  ports  1 ‐ 5  in  modul e  2: Matrix(rw)->set flowlimit fe.2.1-5 e nable set flowlimit limit Use  this  c[...]

  • Page 832

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) clear flowlimit limit 24-28 Secu rity Configuration clear flowlimit limit Use  this  command  to  remove  a  flow  limit  configuration. Synt ax clear flowlimit { limit1 | l imit2 } [ u serport | serverport | aggregateduser | interswitchlink | unspecified ] Parameters Default s If  [...]

  • Page 833

    clear flowlimit action Configur ing Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-29 Default s •I f  action  is  not  specified,  no  action  will  be  applied. •I f  classification  port  type  is  not  specif ied,  none  will  be  applied. Mode Swi[...]

  • Page 834

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) show flowlimit class 24-30 Secu rity Configuration Default s •I f  not  specified,  all  action  types  will  be  removed.  •I f  not  specified,  the  act ion  will  be  removed  from  all  port  classifications. Mode Switch  command,  Rea[...]

  • Page 835

    set flowlimit port Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-31 Example This  example  shows  how  to  show  flow  limits  and  associated  actions  configured  for  the  va r i o us  port  classifications: Matrix(rw)->show flowlimit class Flow[...]

  • Page 836

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST) clear flowlimit port class 24-32 Secu rity Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  settings  will  apply  to  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Once  a  classification  is  assigned,  these  ports  w[...]

  • Page 837

    set flowlimit notification Configuring Flow Setup T hrottling (FST) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 24-33 Parameters Default s None.  Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  enabled,  this  allo ws  ports  configured  with  a  “tra p”  action  to  send  an  SNM[...]

  • Page 838

    Configuring Flow Setup Throttling (FST ) clear flowlimit notification inter val 24-34 Secu rity Configuration clear flowlimit notification interval Use  this  command  to  reset  the  SNMP  flow  limit  notificati on  interval  to  the  default  val u e  of  120  seconds. Synt ax clear flowlimit no[...]

  • Page 839

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-1 25 Authentication Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  set  of  commands  for  supported  authentication  methods. Overview of Authentication Methods The  following  authentication  methods  are  av ailable  for  controlling  wh[...]

  • Page 840

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication 25-2 Authentication Co nfiguration •L o c a l  user  credentials  —  used  for  local  authentication  and  authorization  of  CLI  and  We b V i e w  management  sessions.  For  details,  refer  to  “ Setting  User  Accounts  and  Pa s s[...]

  • Page 841

    show dot1x Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-3 selected  ports,  which  results  in  allowing  or  denying  network  access  according  to  RADIUS  se rver  configuration. Commands show dot1x Use  this  command  to  display  802.1X  [...]

  • Page 842

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication show dot1x 25-4 Authentication Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  802.1X  status:  Matrix(rw)->show dot1x DOT1X is disabled. This  example  shows  how  to  display  authentication  diagnostics ?[...]

  • Page 843

    show dot1x auth-config Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-5 Matrix(rw)->show dot1x auth-stats fe .1.1 Port: 1 Auth-Stats: EAPOL Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Frames Tx: 0 EAPOL Start Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL RespId Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL Resp Frames Rx: 0 EAPOL ReqId Frames Tx: 0 EAPOL[...]

  • Page 844

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication show dot1x auth-config 25-6 Authentication Co nfiguration Default s •I f  no  parameters  are  specif ied,  all  802.1X  settings  will  be  displ ayed. •I f  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  information  for  all  ports  will  be  displayed. [...]

  • Page 845

    set dot1x Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-7 set dot1x Use  this  command  to  ena ble  or  disable  802.1X  authentication,  to  reauthenticate  one  or  more  access  entities,  or  to  reinitialize  one  or  more  supplican[...]

  • Page 846

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication set dot1x auth-config 25-8 Authentication Co nfiguration Parameters Default s If port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  authentication  parameters  will  be  set  on  all  por ts Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  [...]

  • Page 847

    clear dot1x auth-config Configuring 802.1X Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 25-9 This  example  shows  how  to  enable  reauthenti cation  control  on  ports  fe.1.1 ‐ 3: Matrix(rw)->set dot1x auth-config re athenabled true fe.1.1-3 This  example  shows  how  to  [...]

  • Page 848

    Configuring 802.1X Authentication clear dot1x auth-config 25-10 Authenticat ion Configuration Matrix(rw)->clear dot1x auth-config quietperiod fe.1.1-3[...]

  • Page 849

    clear dot1x auth-config Configurin g Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-11 Configuring Port W eb Authentication (PW A) About PW A PW A  provides  a  wa y  of  authenticating  users  before  allowing  general  access  to  the  netw ork.  A  PW A  user[...]

  • Page 850

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) clear dot1x auth-config 25-12 Authenticat ion Configuration •a l l o w  access  to  a  server  (at  IP  1.2.3.4)  that  acts  as  both  a  DNS  and  DHCP  server ,  and •b e  assigned  as  the  default  policy  profile  for  all [...]

  • Page 851

    show pwa Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-13 show pwa Use  this  command  to  display  port  web  authentication  information  for  one  or  more  ports. Synt ax show pwa [ port-string ] Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not[...]

  • Page 852

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) show pwa 25-14 Authenticat ion Configuration T able 25-1 show pwa Output Det ails Output... W hat it displays... PW A S tatus Whether or not port we b authentica tion is enabled or disabled. Default state of disabled can be changed using the set pwa command a s described in “ set pwa ” on page 25-15. PW[...]

  • Page 853

    set pwa Configuring Port Web Authen tication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-15 set pwa Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  port  web  authentication. Synt ax set pwa { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage Po r t  We[...]

  • Page 854

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) clear p wa hostname 25-16 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  host  name  to  “pwa host”:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa hostname pwahost clear pwa hostname Use  this  command  to  clear  the  port  we b ?[...]

  • Page 855

    set pwa banner Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-17 set pwa banner Use  this  command  to  configure  a  string  to  be  displayed  as  the  PW A  login  banner . Synt ax set pwa banner string Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command[...]

  • Page 856

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa displaylogo 25-18 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  PW A  login  banner  to  a  blank  string Matrix(rw)->clear pwa banner set pw[...]

  • Page 857

    set pwa ipaddress Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-19 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  redirect  time  to  10  seconds:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa redirecttime 1[...]

  • Page 858

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa enhancedmode 25-20 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  a  the  PW A  protocol  to  CHAP:  Matrix(rw)->set pwa protocol chap set pwa enhancedmode Us[...]

  • Page 859

    set pwa guestname Configurin g Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-21 set pwa guestname Use  this  command  to  set  a  guest  user  name  for  PW A  enhanced  mode  networking.  Synt ax set pwa guestname name Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t[...]

  • Page 860

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa guestpassword 25-22 Authenticat ion Configuration set pwa guestp assword Use  this  command  to  set  the  guest  user  password  for  PW A  netw orking.  Synt ax set pwa guestpassword Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e[...]

  • Page 861

    set pwa initialize Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-23 Usage When  enhanced  mode  is  enabled  (as  described  in  “ se t  pwa  enhance dmode ”  on  page 25 ‐ 20),  PW A  will  use  a  guest  passw ord  and  guest [...]

  • Page 862

    Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) set pwa maxrequests 25-24 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  quiet  period  will  be  set  for  all  ports. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  PW A  quiet  pe[...]

  • Page 863

    show pwa session C onfiguring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-25 Parameters Default s Enables  or  disables  all  ports  if  no  port  is  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  PW A[...]

  • Page 864

    Configuring MAC Authentication show macauthentication 25-26 Authenticat ion Configuration Configuring MAC Authentication Purpose To  review ,  disable,  enab le  and  configure  MAC  authentication.  This  allows  the  device  to  authenticate  source  MAC  addresses  in  an  exchange  wit[...]

  • Page 865

    show macauthentication Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-27 Parameters Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied,  MAC  authentication  information  will  be  display ed  for  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Examples This ?[...]

  • Page 866

    Configuring MAC Authentication show macauthentication session 25-28 Authenticat ion Configuration show macauthentication session Use  this  command  to  display  the  active  MAC  authe nticated  sessi ons. Synt ax show macauthentication session Parameters None. Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif i[...]

  • Page 867

    set macauthentication Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-29 set macauthentication Use  this  command  to  globally  enable  or  disable  MAC  authentica tion. Synt ax set macauthentication { enable | disa ble } Parameters Default s Disabled. Mode Switch  command, [...]

  • Page 868

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication passw ord 25-30 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MAC  authentication  password  to  “macauth”: Matrix(rw)->set macauthentication pa ssword maca[...]

  • Page 869

    clear macauthentication significant- bits Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-31 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  MAC  authentication  significant  bits  to  24: Matrix(rw)->set macauthenticati[...]

  • Page 870

    Configuring MAC Authentication set macauthentica tion authallocated 25-32 Authenticat ion Configuration Usage Enabling  port(s)  for  MAC  authentication  requires  globally  enabling  MAC  authentication  on  the  device  as  described  in  “ set  macauthentication ”  on  page 25 ‐ 29 [...]

  • Page 871

    set macauthentication portinitialize Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-33 Default s If  port ‐ string  is  not  specif ied  the  number  of  allow ed  authentication  sessions  will  be  cleared  on  all  ports. Mode Switch  command,  Read [...]

  • Page 872

    Configuring MAC Authentication set macauthe ntication reauthentication 25-34 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  force  the  MAC  authenti cation  session  for  address  00 ‐ 60 ‐ 97 ‐ b5 ‐ 4c ‐ 07  to ?[...]

  • Page 873

    set macauthentication macreauthenticate Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-35 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  force  ge.2.1  though  5  to  reauthenticate: Matrix(rw)->set macauthen[...]

  • Page 874

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication reauthperiod 25-36 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  is  the  time  lapse  betw een  attempts  to  reauthenticate  any  current  MAC  addres s  authenticated  to  a ?[...]

  • Page 875

    set macauthentication quietperiod Configuring MAC Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-37 set macauthentication quietperiod Use  this  command  to  enable  a  reauthenti cation  attempt  for  failed  entries  at  the  period  specified  in  seconds.  Synt ax set m[...]

  • Page 876

    Configuring MAC Authentication clear macauthentication quietperiod 25-38 Authenticat ion Configuration Usage The  default  val ue  is  0  (never). Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  macauthentication  quietperiod  for  port  ge.1.1 Matrix(rw)->clear macauthentication quietperiod ge.[...]

  • Page 877

    clear macauthentication quietperiod Configuring C onvergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-39 Configuring Convergence End Point s (CEP) Phone Detection About CEP Phone Detection Convergence  is  a  method  to  detect  a  remote  IP  telephony  or  video ?[...]

  • Page 878

    Configuring Convergence End Points (C EP) Phone Detection show cep connections 25-40 Authenticat ion Configuration show cep connections Use  this  command  to  display  all  lear ned  CEPs. Synt ax show cep connections port-string Parameters Default s None Mode Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Page 879

    show cep policy Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-41 Parameters Default s If  no  detection ‐ id  is  specified,  al l  CEP  detection  parameters  are  displayed. Mode Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  shows  how  to ?[...]

  • Page 880

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection show cep port 25-42 Authenticat ion Configuration Examples This  example  shows  how  to  display  CEP  policy  information: Matrix>show cep policy CEP default policies CEP Type Policy Index Policy Name -------- ------------ ------------ cisco 13 Cisco IP Pho ne si[...]

  • Page 881

    set cep port Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-43 Default s Disabled. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  globally  enable  CEP  detection: Matrix>set cep enable set cep port Use  this [...]

  • Page 882

    Configuring Convergence End Points (C EP) Phone Detection set cep detection-id 25-44 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  is  the  policy  that  will  be  applied  when  a  phone  of  the  specified  type  is  detected ?[...]

  • Page 883

    set cep detection-id type Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone Detection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-45 Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection.  Cisco  detection  uses  CiscoDP  as  its  discovery  method. Examp[...]

  • Page 884

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection set cep detection-id address 25-46 Authenticat ion Configuration set cep detection-id address Use  this  command  to  set  an  H.323,  Siemens,  or  SIP  phone  detection  group’ s  IP  address  or  mask.  Synt ax set cep detection-id id a[...]

  • Page 885

    set cep detection-id porthigh | portlow Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-47 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection. [...]

  • Page 886

    Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone D etection set cep initialize 25-48 Authenticat ion Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  applies  only  to  Siemens,  H.323,  and  SIP  phone  detection.  Cisco  detection  uses  CiscoDP  as  its  discover[...]

  • Page 887

    clear cep Configuring Convergence End Points (CEP) Phone De tection Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-49 clear cep Use  this  command  to  clear  convergence  end  points  parameters. Synt ax clear cep { all | policy | detection [ detection-id ] | users [ port-string ] | port [ port-string { all | cisc[...]

  • Page 888

    RADIUS Filter-ID Attribute and Dynam ic Policy Profile Assignment clear cep 25-50 Authenticat ion Configuration RADIUS Filter-ID Attribute and Dynamic Policy Profile Assignment If  you  configure  an  authentication  method  that  requires  communication  with  a  RADIUS  server ,  you  can  use  the [...]

  • Page 889

    show authentication login Setting the Authentication Login Method Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-51 show authentication login Use  this  command  to  display  the  current  authen tication  login  method. Synt ax show authentication login Parameters None. Default s None. Mode Switch  command, [...]

  • Page 890

    Setting the Authentication Login Method clear authentication login 25-52 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  authentication  login  method  to  use  the  local  password  settings:  Matrix(rw)-&[...]

  • Page 891

    show radius Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-53 Configuring RADIUS Purpose To  perform  the  following: •R e v i e w  the  RADIUS  client/server  configuration  on  the  device. •E n a b l e  or  disable  the  RADIUS  client. •S e t  local  and  r[...]

  • Page 892

    Configuring RADIUS set radius 25-54 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  RA DIUS  configuration  information  will  be  displayed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RADIUS  configuration  i[...]

  • Page 893

    clear radius Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-55 Default s •I f  secret ‐ value  is  not  specified,  none  will  be  applied. •I f  realm  is  not  specified,  any  authentication  wi ll  be  allowed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e .[...]

  • Page 894

    Configuring RADIUS show radius accounting 25-56 Authenticat ion Configuration Parameters Default s •I f  index  or  all  is  not  specified  for  clearing  RADIUS  server ,  all  RADIUS  serv er  settings  will  be  deleted. •I f  no  other  optional  parameters  are  specifie[...]

  • Page 895

    set radius accounting Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-57 Default s If  no  parameters  are  specified,  all  RA DIUS  accounting  configuration  information  will  be  display ed. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 896

    Configuring RADIUS clear radius accounting 25-58 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  RADIUS  accounting  client  for  authenticating  with  the  accounting  server  1  at  IP  addre[...]

  • Page 897

    clear radius accounting Configuring RADIUS Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-59 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  reset  the  RADIUS  accounting  timeout  to  5  seconds  on  all  servers : Matrix(rw)->clear r[...]

  • Page 898

    Configuring RFC 3580 show vlanauthorization 25-60 Authenticat ion Configuration Configuring RFC 3580 About RFC 3580 RFC  3580  provides  suggestions  on  how  802.1x  Authenticators  should  lev erage  RADIUS  as  the  backend  AAA  infrastructure.  RFC  3580  is  divided  into  sev era[...]

  • Page 899

    set vlanauthorization Configuring RFC 3580 Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-61 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  VLAN  Authorization  configuration  information  for  ports  ge.1.1 ‐ 3:  Matrix(su)->show vlanauthorization g[...]

  • Page 900

    Configuring RFC 3580 clear vlanauthorization 25-62 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  VLAN  Authorization:  Matrix(su)->set vlanauthorization en able This  example  shows  how  to  enable  VLAN  Authorization  for  port  ge.1.1  for  tagge d [...]

  • Page 901

    show tacacs Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-63 Configuring T ACACS+ Purpose To  perform  the  following: •R e v i e w  the  T ACACS+  client  and  server  configurations  on  the  device. •E n a b l e  or  disable  the  T ACACS+  client. •S e t [...]

  • Page 902

    Configuring TACACS+ show tacacs 25-64 Authenticat ion Configuration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Only . Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  all  T ACACS  configurat ion  information:  Matrix(ro)->show tacacs TACACS+ state: enabled TACACS+ session accounting state: disabled TACACS+ command author[...]

  • Page 903

    set tacacs Configu ring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-65 set t a cacs Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  the  T ACACS+  client. Synt ax set tacacs { enable | disable } Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage The  T ACACS+  client [...]

  • Page 904

    Configuring TACACS+ set taca cs server 25-66 Authenticat ion Configuration Example This  example  displays  configuration  information  for  all  configured  T ACACS+  serv ers. Matrix(ro)->show tacacs server all TACACS+ Server IP Address Po rt Timeout Status -------------- --------------- -- --- ------- ------- 1 192.[...]

  • Page 905

    clear tacacs serv er Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-67 clear t acacs server Use  this  command  to  remove  one  or  all  configured  T ACACS+  servers,  or  to  return  the  timeout  va l u e  to  it s  default  val u e  for  one  or [...]

  • Page 906

    Configuring TACACS+ set tacacs session 25-68 Authenticat ion Configuration Matrix(ro)->show tacacs session auth orization TACACS+ service: exec TACACS+ session authorization A-V p airs: access level attribute value read-only 'priv-lvl' '0' read-write 'priv-lvl' '1' super-user 'priv-lvl' '15&[...]

  • Page 907

    clear tacacs se ssion Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-69 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage When  session  accounting  is  enabled,  the  TA C A C S +  server  will  log  accounting  information,  such  as  start  and  stop  times, ?[...]

  • Page 908

    Configuring TACACS+ sh ow tacacs command 25-70 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s At  least  one  of  the  session  authorization  parameters  must  be  specified. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  return  only  the  service  name ?[...]

  • Page 909

    set tacacs comm and Configuring TACACS+ Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 25-71 set t a cacs command Use  this  command  to  enable  or  disable  T ACACS+  accounting  or  authorization  on  a  per ‐ command  basis.  Synt ax set tacacs command { accounting | aut horization } { enabl[...]

  • Page 910

    Configuring TACACS+ set tacacs singleconnect 25-72 Authenticat ion Configuration Default s If  state  is  not  s pecified,  all  single  connection  configuration  parameters  are  displayed  (which  at  this  time  includes  only  the  enabled/disabled  state). Mode Switch  command, ?[...]

  • Page 911

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-1 26 RADIUS Snooping Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  RADIUS  Snooping  commands  and  how  to  use  them. Underst anding RADIUS Snooper RADIUS  Snooper  (RS)  allows  a  netw ork  manager  to  manage  downstream  con[...]

  • Page 912

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping 26-2 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration • Globally  enable  RS  on  the  switch •E n a b l e  RS  on  those  ports  yo u  wish  enabled  for  snooping • Optionally  change  the  period  RS  will  wai t  for  a  RADIUS  response[...]

  • Page 913

    set radius-snooping timeo ut Understanding RADIUS Snoo per Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-3 Parameters Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage This  command  does  not  enable  RS  on  the  ports  for  this  device.  To  enable  ports  for  RS  see  the  comma[...]

  • Page 914

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping port 26-4 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  RS  timeout  to  30  seconds:  Matrix(rw)->set radius-snooping time out 30 set radius-snooping port Use  this  command  to  enable  RS  on  all  or [...]

  • Page 915

    set radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-5 Example This  example  enables  RS  on  ports  ge.1.10  through  ge.1.15,  sets  the  timeout  to  15  seconds  and  enables  drop:  Matrix(rw)->set radius-snooping enab le timeout[...]

  • Page 916

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper set radius-snooping initialize 26-6 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration set radius-snooping initialize Use  this  command  to  terminate  all  RS  sessions  on  the  system  for  the  spec ified  port  or  MAC  address. Syntax set radius-snooping initialize { port port-strin[...]

  • Page 917

    clear radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-7 clear radius-snooping flow Use  this  command  to  clear  all  entries  or  the  specified  index  entry  from  the  RS  flow  table. Syntax clear radius-snooping flow { all | in dex } Pa[...]

  • Page 918

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping port 26-8 RADIUS Snoop ing Configuration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  RADIUS  configuration  information:  Matrix(rw)->show radius-snooping RADIUS Snooping: Enabled Number of configured flows: 2 Active sessions: 12 Enabled ports: fe.1.1-fe.1.8; fe.1.2[...]

  • Page 919

    show radius-snooping flow Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 26-9 show radius-snooping flow Use  this  command  to  display  information  for  all  flows  or  the  specified  index  entry  in  the  flow  table. Syntax show radius-snooping flow { index[...]

  • Page 920

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping session 26-10 RADIUS Snoo ping Configuration Total RADIUS Access Accepts : 212 Total RADIUS Access Rejects : 26 Invalid RADIUS Request packets : 0 Invalid RADIUS Response packets: 0 Total Dropped Packets : 0 show radius-snooping session Use  this  command  to  display  an  RS  s[...]

  • Page 921

    show radius-snooping session Understanding RADIUS Snooper Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 26-11 Default s None. Mode Read ‐ Only . Examples This  example  displays  RADIUS  configuration  information  for  port  fe.1.1 :  Matrix(rw)->show radius-snooping ses sion port fe.1.1 Port MAC Address Dur[...]

  • Page 922

    Understanding RADIUS Snooper show radius-snooping session 26-12 RADIUS Snoo ping Configuration[...]

  • Page 923

    Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-1 27 MultiAuth Configuration This  chapter  descri bes  the  MultiA uth  set  of  comman ds  and  how  to  use  them.  Multiple  User  Multiple  Authentication  –  allows  multipl e  users  on  a  give n  port  to ?[...]

  • Page 924

    Configuring Multiple Authentication set multiauth mode 27-2 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Commands set multiauth mode Use  this  command  to  set  the  system  authentication  mode  to  use  multiple  authe nticators  simultaneously  or  to  strictly  adhere  to  802.1X. Synt ax set multiauth mode[...]

  • Page 925

    clear multiauth mode Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-3 Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  enable  multiple  authentication: Matrix(rw)->set multiauth mode multi clear multiauth mode Use  this ?[...]

  • Page 926

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth counters 27-4 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Example This  example  shows  how  to  display  multiple  authentication  session ‐ timeout  val u e s ,  for  an  active  session: Matrix(su)->show multiauth Multiple authentication system confi guration -----------[...]

  • Page 927

    set multiauth precedence Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-5 lag.0.46 0 0 0 0 lag.0.47 0 0 0 0 lag.0.48 0 0 0 0 set multiauth precedence Use  this  command  to  set  the  system’ s  multiple  authentica tion  administrative  precedence . Synt ax set multiaut[...]

  • Page 928

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth port 27-6 MultiAuth Co nfiguration Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  multiple  authentication  precedence: Matrix(rw)->clear multiauth preceden ce show multiauth port Use  this  command  to  [...]

  • Page 929

    clear multiauth port Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-7 Parameters Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  set  the  port  multipl e  authentication  mode  to  required  on  ge.3.14:[...]

  • Page 930

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth station 27-8 MultiAuth Co nfiguration show multiauth st ation Use  this  command  to  display  multiple  authenticati on  station  (end  user)  entries. Synt ax show multiauth station [ mac address ] [ port port-string ] Parameters Default s If  no  options  a[...]

  • Page 931

    show multiauth session Configuring Mu ltiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configuratio n Guide 27-9 Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Example This  example  shows  how  to  clear  the  multiple  authentication  station  entry  associated  with  port  fe.1.20: Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Page 932

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth idle-timeout 27-10 MultiAuth C onfiguration Termination time: Not Terminated show multiauth idle-timeout Use  this  command  to  display  the  multiple  authentication  timeout  va l u e  for  an  idle  session.  Synt ax show multiauth idle-timeout Paramete[...]

  • Page 933

    clear multiauth idle-timeout Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-11 Default s If  no  authentica tion  method  is  specified,  the  timeout  va l u e  is  set  for  all  methods. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Usage A  val u e  of[...]

  • Page 934

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth session-timeout 27-12 MultiAuth C onfiguration Default s If  no  authentica tion  type  is  specified ,  the  idle  timeout  va l u e  is  retur ned  to  300  seconds  for  all  authentication  types. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t[...]

  • Page 935

    set multiauth session-timeout Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-13 set multiauth session-timeout Use  this  command  to  set  the  maximum  number  of  seconds  an  authenticate d  session  may  last  before  termination  of  the  ses[...]

  • Page 936

    Configuring Multiple Authentication clear multiauth session-timeout 27-14 MultiAuth C onfiguration clear multiauth session-timeout Use  this  command  to  clear  session ‐ timeout  va l u e s ,  for  one  or  all  authenticati on  methods,  back  to  the  default  va lu e s . Synt ax clear multia[...]

  • Page 937

    clear multiauth trap Configur ing Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-15 Parameters Default s All  sending  of  multiauth  traps  disabled. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  enable  the  multiauth  system  tr[...]

  • Page 938

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth trap 27-16 MultiAuth C onfiguration Default s None. Mode Switch  command,  Read ‐ Wr i t e . Examples This  example  shows  how  to  disable  the  multiauth  system  trap  setting: Matrix(rw)->clear multiauth trap sys tem This  example  shows  how ?[...]

  • Page 939

    show multiauth trap Configuring Multiple Authentication Enterasys Matrix DFE-Gold Series Configur ation Guide 27-17 Matrix(rw)-> This  example  shows  how  to  display  multiple  authentication  trap  system  settings: Matrix(rw)->show multiauth trap syst em System : Disabled Matrix(rw)->[...]

  • Page 940

    Configuring Multiple Authentication show multiauth trap 27-18 MultiAuth C onfiguration[...]

  • Page 941

    Index-1 Index Numerics 802.1D 6-1 802.1Q 7-1 802.1w 6-1 802.1x 25-54 , 25-65 A Access Groups 24-2 0 Access Lists 24-16 to 24-17 Addresses IP, adding to switch routing table 12-8 MAC, adding entri es to routing table 16-6 MAC, setting for IP r outing 16-17 setting the router ID address 21-24 Advertised Ability 4-30 Alias node 14-1 , 15-1 physical 2-[...]

  • Page 942

    Index-2 Login administratively configure d 2-8 default 2-7 setting accounts 2-15 via Telnet 2-8 Loop Protect about 6-2 configuring 6-65 Loopback Interfaces 16-1 LSNAT 18-1 , 19-1 M MAC Addresses age time 12-1 1 displaying 12-10 setting in routing mode 16-17 MAC Authentication 25-26 MAC Locking 24-2 Management VLAN 7-2 MD5 Authentication 21-30 Mirro[...]

  • Page 943

    Index-3 bridge parameters 6-3 features 6-2 Loop Protect feature 6-2 port parameters 6-49 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 6-1 Split Horizon 21- 15 Stub Area s 21-33 Syslog 10-1 System Informati on displaying basic 2-34 setting basic 2-30 T Technical Support 1-2 Telnet disconnecting 11 - 7 enabling in switch mode 2-77 Terminal Settings 2-51 TFTP [...]

  • Page 944

    Index-4[...]